Reminder

Installation, Operation, IOM 1202-2
and Maintenance Manual Group: Chiller

Part Number: IOM1202-2
Date: May 2015
Pathfinder®
Air-cooled Screw Chillers
Model AWS
170 to 550 Tons (600 to 1935 kW) 60Hz
164 to 604 Tons (575 to 2125 kW) 50Hz
HFC-134a Refrigerant
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Circuit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Alarms and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lifting and Mounting Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Using the Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Isolator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Optional Remote User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Electrical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Optional Compressor VFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Pressure Drop Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Startup and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Unit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Hazard Identification
DANGER
Dangers indicate a hazardous situation which will result in
serious injury or death if not avoided.
WARNING
Warnings indicate potentially hazardous situations which
can result in property damage, servere personal injury or
death if not avoided.
CAUTION
Cautions indicate potentially hazardous situations which
can result in personal injury or equipment damage if not
avoided.
Manufactured in an ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified facility
©2015 Daikin Applied. Illustrations and data cover the Daikin Applied product at the time of publication and we reserve the right to
make changes in design and construction at any time without notice.
IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 2 www.DaikinApplied.com

Pre-Start Checklist – Screw Chillers
Must be completed, signed and provided to Daikin Applied at least 2 weeks prior to requested start date.
Job Name
Installation Location
Customer Order Number
Model Number(s)
G.O. Number(s)
Chilled Water Yes No N/A Initials
Piping Complete
Water strainer installed on evaporator entering chilled water piping per IM
Water System filled, flushed and vented
Pumps installed and operational (rotation checked, strainers cleaned)
Controls operational (3-way valves, face/bypass dampers, bypass valves, etc.)
Water system operated and tested; flow meets unit design requirements
Flow switch installed and wired
Vent installed on evaporator
Glycol at design %
Electrical Yes No N/A Initials
Building controls operational
*Power leads connected to power block or optional disconnect
Power leads have been checked for proper phasing and voltage
All interlock wiring complete and compliant with Daikin specifications
Power applied at least 24 hours before startup
Oil heaters energized at least 24 hours before startup
Chiller components (EXV Sensors Transducers) installed and wired properly.
*Wiring complies with National Electrical Code and local codes (See Notes)
Remote EXV wired with shielded cable
Miscellaneous Yes No N/A Initials
Unit control switches all off
Remote Evaporator Piping factory reviewed and approved
All refrigerant components/piping leak tested, evacuated and charged
Thermometers, wells, gauges, control, etc., installed
Minimum system load of 80% capacity available for testing/adjusting controls
Document Attached: Technical Breakdown from Selection Software
Document Attached: Final Order Acknowledgement
Document Attached: Remote evaporator piping approval
Cut Here 
Notes: The most common problems delaying start-up and affecting unit reliability are:
1. Field installed compressor motor power supply leads too small. Questions: Contact the local Daikin sales representative*. State size, number and
type of conductors and conduits installed:
a. From Power supply to chiller
* Refer to NEC Article 430-22 (a)
2. Remote Evaporator piping incomplete or incorrect. Provide approved piping diagrams.
3. Items on this list incorrectly acknowledged may result in delayed start and extra expenses incurred for return trips.
Contractor Representative Daikin Applied Sales Representative
Signed: Signed:
Name: Name:
Company: Company:
Date: Date:
Phone/Email: Phone/Email:
©2014 Daikin Applied Form SF01017 P/N 331977001 10OCT2014

Introduction
Introduction
General Information Remote Evaporator Models

Daikin Pathfinder® air-cooled chillers are complete, self- For enhanced application flexibility, Pathfinder® chillers are
contained chillers that include the latest in engineered also available with a remote evaporator option. Information on
components arranged to provide a compact and efficient unit. remote evaporator units can be found in the current installation
Each unit is completely assembled, factory wired, evacuated, manual for remote evaporator configurations, available at
charged, tested and comes complete and ready for installation. www.DaikinApplied.com.
Each compressor has an independent refrigeration circuit.
Liquid line components included are a manual liquid line shutoff
valve, charging port, filter-drier, sight-glass/moisture indicator, Inspections
and electronic expansion valve. A discharge check valve and
When the equipment is received, carefully check all items
discharge shutoff valve are included and a compressor suction
against the bill of lading to verify for a complete shipment.
shutoff valve is optional. Other features include compressor
Check all units for damage upon arrival. All shipping damage
heaters, evaporator heaters for freeze protection, automatic,
must be reported to the carrier and a claim must be filed
one-time pumpdown of each refrigerant circuit upon circuit
with the carrier. Check the unit name plate before unloading
shutdown, and an advanced fully integrated controller.
the unit to be sure that it agrees with the power supply
Pathfinder® units are available in one of three unit efficiency available. Physical damage to a unit after shipment is not the
levels - standard, high, and premium. responsibility of Daikin.
Information on the operation of the unit MicroTech®III controller NOTE: Unit shipping and operating weights are shown in the
can be found starting on page 94. Lifting and Mounting section beginning on page 16
Nomenclature
AWS XXX C D S E
Model Unit configuration

AWS = Air-Cooled World Product Screw Compressor E = Standard packaged
M = Remote Evaporator
Nominal unit size
(cataloged size—nominal unit capacity) Unit efficiency
S = Standard
H = High
Design vintage
P = Premium
Unit compressors
D = Dual compressors
T = Triple compressors
Table 1: Operating Limits
Maximum standby ambient temperature 130°F (54.4°C)

Maximum operating standard ambient temperature 105°F (40.6°C)
with optional high ambient package
Note: some standard efficiency units may not operate fully loaded up to the 125°F maximum ambient temp limit. Some 125°F (52°C)
units offer a reduced RFS option limiting max ambient to 118°F. Contact the Daikin Applied sales office for information.
Minimum operating ambient temperature (standard control) 35°F (2°C)
Minimum operating ambient temperature (with optional low-ambient control) 0°F (-18°C)
40°F to 70°F
Leaving chilled water temperature [NOTE: 60°F (15.6°C) max with VFD and reduced RFS option]
(4.4°C to 21.1°C)
Leaving chilled fluid temperatures (with anti-freeze) - Unloading is not permitted with fluid leaving temperatures below 20°F to 70°F
30°F (-1°C). [NOTE: 60°F (15.6°C) max with VFD and reduced RFS option] (-6.7°C to 21.1°C)
6°F to 18°F
Operating chilled water delta-T range
(3.3°C to 10°C)
Maximum evaporator operating inlet fluid temperature 88°F (31.1°C)
Maximum evaporator non-operating inlet fluid temperature 100°F (38°C)
www.DaikinApplied.com 3 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

Installation and Startup
Installation and maintenance are to be performed only by For pad-mounted units, it is recommended that the unit be
qualified personnel who are familiar with local codes and raised a few inches with suitable supports such as neoprene
regulations, and experienced with this type of equipment. waffle vibration pads, located at least under the mounting
locations. This will allow water to drain from under the unit and
WARNING facilitate cleaning under it.
Sharp edges and coil surfaces are a potential injury hazard.
Avoid contact with them. Figure 1: Required Lifting Method

Startup by a Daikin Applied service representative is included
on all Pathfinder® units sold for installation within the U.S. 

and Canada and must be performed by them to initiate the  
standard Limited Product Warranty. Startup by any party other  
 
than a Daikin Applied service representative will void the  
Limited Product Warranty. Two-week prior notification of startup 

is required. The contractor should obtain a copy of the Startup  
Scheduled Request Form from the sales representative or from 

the nearest Daikin Applied service office. 
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant can displace air and cause suffocation.
Immediately evacuate and ventilate the equipment area. If
the unit is damaged, follow Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) requirements. Do not expose sparks, arcing equipment,
open flame or other ignition source to the refrigerant.
Handling


 

 
DANGER 


 
Improper lifting or moving of a unit can result in property 

damage, severe personal injury or death. Follow rigging and

moving instructions carefully. 
Avoid rough handling shock due to impact or dropping the unit.

Do not push or pull the unit. Never allow any part of the unit NOTE: 1.Unit with 8 lifting points illustrated above; the
to fall during unloading or moving as this can result in serious number of condenser sections, fans, and lifting points
damage. can vary from this diagram.see lifting/mounting
drawings beginning on page 16 to identfy the
To lift the unit, lifting tabs with 3” (76 mm) diameter holes number of lifting points for a specific unit.
are provided on the base of the unit. All lifting holes must be
used when lifting the unit. Spreader bars and cables should 2.All rigging points must be used. See weights
at lifting points beginning on page 16 for each
be arranged to prevent damage to the condenser coils or unit
specific size unit.
cabinet (see Figure 1).
3.Crosswise and lengthwise spreader bars must be
used to avoid damage to unit.
Location
Locate the unit outdoors and provide proper airflow to the
Mounting Hole Access
condenser. (See page 5 for required clearances.)Using The inside of the base rail is open to allow access for securing
less clearance than shown in Figure 2 can cause discharge mounting bolts, etc.
air recirculation to the condenser and could have a significant
detrimental effect on unit performance.
Due to the shape of the condenser coils on Pathfinder® chillers,
it is recommended that the unit be oriented so that prevailing
winds blow parallel to the unit length, thus minimizing the wind
effect on condensing pressure and performance. If low ambient
temperature operation is expected, optional louvers should be
installed if the unit has no protection against prevailing winds.

Service Access NOTE: 1 Minimum side clearance between two units is 12

feet (3.7 m). See Case 2 for spacing closer than 12 ft.
Compressors, filter-driers, and manual liquid line shutoff valves
2 Minimum clearance on each side is 8 feet (2.4 m)
are accessible on each side or end of the unit. The evaporator
when installed in a pit no deeper than the unit height.
heater is located on the barrel. Unit must not be installed in a pit or enclosure that
The control panels are located on the end of the chiller. is deeper or taller than the height of the unit unless
The left-hand control box contains the unit and circuit extra clearance is provided per note 4. See Case 5
microprocessors as well as transformers, fuses and terminal. for performance adjustment factors when installations
The right-hand panel contains a circuit breaker. A minimum vary from minimum values.
of four feet of clearance is required in front of the panels. The 3 Minimum side clearance to a side wall or building
side clearance required for airflow provides sufficient service taller than the unit height is 6 feet (1.8 meters),
clearance. provided no solid wall above 6 feet (1.8 meters) is
closer than 12 feet (3.7 meters) to the opposite side
On all Pathfinder® units, the condenser fans and motors can of the unit. See Case 1 for performance adjustment
be removed from the top of the unit. The complete fan/motor factors when installations vary from minimum values.
assembly can be removed for service. The fan blade must be 4 There must be no obstruction of the fan discharge.
removed for access to wiring terminals at the top of the motor.
DANGER Restricted Air Flow

Disconnect, lockout and tag all power to the unit before The clearances required for design operation of Pathfinder®
servicing condenser fan motors or compressors. Failure to do air-cooled chillers are described in the previous section.
so can cause bodily injury or death. Occasionally, these clearances cannot be maintained due to
site restrictions such as units being too close together or a
fence or wall restricting airflow, or both. Pathfinder® chillers
Do not block access to the sides or ends of the unit with piping have several features that may help mitigate the penalties
or conduit. These areas must be open for service access. attributable to restricted airflow.
Do not block access to the control panels with field-mounted
disconnect switches. The condenser section is “W” shaped, as shown below. This
allows inlet air for these coils to come in from both sides
and the bottom. All the coils in one “V” section serve one
Clearance Requirements compressor except for 3 circuit units which use both sides of
The clearance requirements shown are a general guideline and the “W” shaped condenser coil..
cannot account for all scenarios. Such factors as prevailing
The MicroTech® III control is proactive in response to “off-
winds, additional equipment within the space, design outdoor
design conditions”. In the case of single or compounded
air temperature, and numerous other factors may require more
influences restricting airflow to the unit, the microprocessor will
clearance than what is shown.
act to keep the unit running (at reduced capacity), rather than
allowing a shut-off on high discharge pressure.
Figure 2: Guidelines
Figure 3: Air Flow

Case 1: Building or Wall on One Side of Unit Case 2: Two Units Side By Side
The existence of a screening wall or the wall of a building Two or more units sited side by side are common. If spaced
in close proximity to an air-cooled chiller is common in both closer than 12 feet (3.7 meters) it is necessary to adjust the
rooftop and ground level applications. Hot air recirculation performance of each unit; circuits adjoining each other are
on the coils adjoining the wall will increase compressor affected. If one of the two units also has a wall adjoining it, see
discharge pressure, decreasing capacity and increasing power Case 1. Add the two adjustment factors together and apply to
consumption. the unit located between the wall and the other unit.
When close to a wall, it is desirable to place chillers on the Mounting units end to end will not necessitate adjusting
north or east side of them. It is also desirable to have prevailing performance. Do not use pit or solid wall surrounds where the
winds blowing parallel to the unit’s long axis. The worst case is ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F (38°C).
to have wind blowing hot discharge air into the wall. Figure 6: Case 2 - Two Units Side by Side
Figure 4: Case 1 - Unit Adjacent to Wall
Figure 5: Case 1 - Adjustment Factors Figure 7: Case 2 - Adjustment Factors

Case 3: Three or More Units Side By Side Case 4: Open Screening Walls
When three or more units are side by side, the outside chillers Decorative screening walls are often used to help conceal a
(1 and 3 in this case) are influenced by the middle unit only on unit either on grade or on a rooftop. Design these walls such
their inside circuits. Their adjustment factors will be the same that the combination of their open area and distance from the
as Case 2. All inside units (only number 2 in this case) are unit do not require performance adjustment. It is assumed that
influenced on both sides and must be adjusted by the factors the wall height is equal to or less than the unit height when
shown below. mounted on its base support. This is usually satisfactory for
concealment. If the wall height is greater than the unit height,
Figure 8: Case 3 - Three or More Units see Case 5, Pit Installation.
The distance from the sides of the unit to the side walls must
be sufficient for service, such as opening control panel doors.
If each side wall is a different distance from the unit, the
distances can be averaged providing either wall is not less than
8 feet (2.4 meters) from the unit. For example, do not average
4 feet and 20 feet to equal 12 feet (1 meter and 5 meters to
equal 3 meters).
Figure 10: Case 4 - Open Screening Walls
Figure 9: Case 3 - Adjustment Factors
Figure 11: Case 4 - Adjustment Factor

Case 5: Pit/Solid Wall Installation Figure 13: Case 5 - Adjustment Factors

Pit installations can cause operating problems resulting
Full Load Capacity Adjustment Factor
from recirculation and restriction can both occur. A solid wall
surrounding a unit is substantially the same as a pit and the 6.00
D=6 ft D=8 ft
data presented here should be used. (1.8m) (2.4m)
Steel grating is sometimes used to cover a pit to prevent 5.00
accidental falls or trips into the pit. The grating material and
Capacity Reduction (%)

installation design must be strong enough to prevent such 4.00
accidents, yet provide abundant open area to avoid serious
recirculation problems. Have any pit installation reviewed by a
Daikin Applied sales representative prior to installation to make 3.00
sure it has sufficient air-flow characteristics, and approved by D=10 ft

the installation design engineer to avoid risk of accident. (3.1m)
2.00
Figure 12: Case 5 - Pit Installation

1.00
0.00
8 10 12 14
(2.4) (3.1) (3.7) (4.3)
H - Height of Wall or Building in ft. (m)

Chilled Water Piping

Figure 14: Typical Piping, Shell and Tube Evaporator
VENT
3/8” PIPE PLUG LEAVING FLUID
TEMP. SENSOR
OUTLET
VIBRATION
ELIMINATOR
FLOW
INLET SWITCH
VALVED
PRESSURE
GAUGE GATE
VALVE
VIBRATION BALANCING
ELIMINATOR VALVE
DRAIN WATER
STRAINER GATE
VALVE FLOW
PROTECT ALL FIELD PIPING

AGAINST FREEZING
FLOW
the inlet and outlet connections of the evaporator for

CAUTION measuring water pressure drop.
To prevent damage to the evaporator and potential chiller • Shutoff valves are necessary to isolate the unit from the
failure, a supply strainer is required in the inlet water piping piping during unit servicing.
which connects to this evaporator. This strainer must be • Minimum bends and changes in elevation to minimize
installed prior to operation of the chilled liquid pumps. pressure drop.
Field installed water piping to the chiller must include: • An expansion tank or regulating valve to maintain
• A cleanable strainer installed at the water inlet to the adequate water pressure
evaporator to remove debris and impurities before they • Vibration eliminators in both the supply and return water
reach the evaporator. Install cleanable strainer within lines to reduce transmissions to the building.
5 feet (1500 mm) of pipe length from the evaporator • Flush the system water piping thoroughly before making
inlet connection and downstream of any welded connections to the unit evaporator.
connections (no welded connections between strainer • Piping insulation, including a vapor barrier, helps prevent
and evaporator). condensation and reduces heat loss.
• AWS-C models require a strainer with perforations no • Regular water analysis and chemical water treatment
larger than 0.125” (3.2 mm) diameter. See the Inlet for the evaporator loop is recommended immediately at
Strainer Guidelines on page 10 for more information. equipment start-up.
• A water flow switch must be installed in the horizontal
piping of the supply (evaporator outlet) water line to avoid Chilled Water Pump
evaporator freeze-up under low or no flow conditions. The
It is important that the chilled water pumps be wired to, and
flow switch may be ordered as a factory-installed option,
controlled by, the chiller controller. The chiller controller has
a field-installed kit, or may be supplied and installed in the
the capability to selectively start pump A or B or automatically
field. See page 11 for more information.
alternate pump selection and also has standby operation
• Purge air from the water system before unit start-up to capability. The controller will energize the pump whenever at
provide adequate flow through the evaporator. least one circuit on the chiller is enabled to run, whether there
• Adequate piping support, independent from the unit, is a call for cooling or not. This helps ensure proper unit startup
to eliminate weight and strain on the fittings and sequence. The pump will also be turned on when the water
connections. temperature goes below the Freeze Setpoint for longer than
It is recommended that the field installed water piping to the a specified time to help prevent evaporator freeze-up. Wiring
chiller include: connection points are shown in Figure 56 on page 60.
• Thermometers at the inlet and outlet connections of the
evaporator.
• Water pressure gauge connection taps and gauges at

CAUTION Table 2: Strainer Sizing Data

Adding glycol or draining the system is the recommended Strainer Plus Strainer
method of freeze protection. If the chiller does not have the Strainer
Pipe Length Weight
ability to control the pumps and the water system is not drained Size (in.)
(in.) (lbs)
in temperatures below freezing, catastrophic evaporator
6 30.5 72
failure may occur. Adding glycol or draining the system is the
recommended method of freeze protection. If the chiller does 8 36.0 125
not have the ability to control the pumps and the water system 10 43.0 205
is not drained in temperatures below freezing, catastrophic
evaporator failure may occur. Figure 15: Strainer Pressure Drop
Failure to allow pump control by the chiller controller may

cause the following problems:
1. If any device other than the chiller attempts to start the
chiller without first starting the pump, the chiller will lock
out on the No Flow alarm and require manual reset.
2. If the chiller evaporator water temperature drops below
the “Freeze setpoint” the chiller will attempt to start the
water pumps to avoid evaporator freeze. If the chiller
does not have the ability to start the pumps, the chiller
will alarm due to lack of water flow.
3. If the chiller does not have the ability to control the
pumps and the water system is not to be drained in
temperatures below freezing, the chiller may be subject
to catastrophic evaporator failure due to freezing. The
freeze rating of the evaporator is based on the immersion
heater and pump operation. The immersion heater itself
may not be able to properly protect the evaporator from Installing Inlet Strainer (Field-installed Kit)
freezing without circulation of water. The extension pipe is located adjacent to the evaporator with
the strainer then mounted to it. The strainer must be mounted
Inlet Strainer Guidelines per manufacturer’s instruction with the arrows in the direction
An inlet water strainer kit must be installed in the chilled water of flow; inlet and outlet are noted along with the arrows.
piping before the evaporator inlet. Two paths are available to
Use one Victaulic clamp to mount the extension pipe to the
meet this requirement:
evaporator and the second to mount the strainer to the pipe.
1. A field-installed kit shipped-loose with the unit is available The clamps to mount the field piping to the strainer are field
for all unit sizes and consists of: supplied. The piping and strainer must be supported to prevent
• Y-type area strainer with 304 stainless steel perforated any stress on the evaporator nozzle.
basket, Victaulic pipe connections and strainer cap [a The extension pipe has two Schrader fittings that can be
strainer with perforations no larger than 0.125” (3.2 used as desired. The ball valve can be installed in the strainer
mm) diameter for AWS-C models]. basket cover as a blow-down valve.
• Extension pipe with two Schrader fittings that can be
used for a pressure gauge and thermal dispersion flow System Water Volume
switch. The pipe provides sufficient clearance from the All chilled water systems need adequate time to recognize a
evaporator for strainer basket removal. load change, respond to that load change and stabilize, without
• ½-inch blowdown valve undesirable short cycling of the compressors or loss of control.
• Two grooved clamps In air conditioning systems, the potential for short cycling
The strainer is sized per Table 2 and has the pressure drop usually exists when the building load falls below the minimum
shown in the Strainer Pressure Drop graph. Connection sizes chiller plant capacity or on close-coupled systems with very
are given in the Pressure Drop Data section on page 82. small water volumes.
2. A field-supplied strainer that meets specification and Some of the things the designer should consider when looking
installation requirements of this manual. at water volume are the minimum cooling load, the minimum
chiller plant capacity during the low load period and the desired
cycle time for the compressors.
Assuming that there are no sudden load changes and that
the chiller plant has reasonable turndown, a rule of thumb of

“gallons of water volume equal to two to three times the chilled piping also requires protection. If the evaporator is
water gpm flow rate” is often used. Refer to AG 31-003 for drained for winter freeze protection, the heaters must
method of calculating “Minimum Chilled Water Volume”. be de-energized to prevent heater burnout.
A properly designed storage tank may be added if the system
components do not provide sufficient water volume. Table 3: Freeze Protection
% Volume Glycol Concentration Required

Variable Speed Pumping Temp. For Freeze Protection For Burst Protection
Variable water flow involves reducing the water flow through °F (°C) Ethylene Propylene Ethylene Propylene
the evaporator as the load decreases. Daikin chillers are Glycol Glycol Glycol Glycol
designed for this duty, provided that the rate of change in water
20 (6.7) 16 18 11 12
flow is slow, and the minimum and maximum flow rates for the
evaporator are not exceeded. 10 (-12.2) 25 29 17 20
The recommended maximum change in water flow is 10 0 (-17.8) 33 36 22 24

percent of the change per minute. For example, if the -10 (-23.3) 39 42 26 28
maximum (design) flow is 200 gpm and the flow is reduced -20 (-28.9) 44 46 30 30
to a minimum of 140 gpm, the change in flow is 60 gpm, so
-30 (-34.4) 48 50 30 33
the maximum change per minute would be 10% of 60, or 6
gpm per minute. It would take ten minutes to change the flow -40 (-40.0) 52 54 30 35
through the entire range. -50 (-45.6) 56 57 30 35
The water flow through the evaporator must remain between -60 (-51.1) 60 60 30 35
the minimum and maximum values listed, beginning on page Notes: “Freeze protection” maintains the solution in a
82. Note that units with variable chilled water flow can pumpable, usable liquid state. “Burst protection”
tolerate lower minimum flows than constant flow systems. If prevents pipes from rupturing, but solution may be in
flow drops below the minimum allowable, large reductions in a gel state and not pumpable. In most applications,
heat transfer can occur. Unit set point “Variable Evap Flow” “burst” protection is sufficient; concentrations over
30% Ethylene Glycol or 35% Propylene Glycol will
must be set to “Yes”, if the chill water flow is variable. If the flow
result in efficiency and capacity losses with negligible
exceeds the maximum rate, excessive pressure drop and tube
protection increases and are not recommended.
erosion can occur.
These values are examples only and cannot be
appropriate to every situation. Generally, for an
Evaporator Freeze Protection extended margin of protection, select a temperature
Pathfinder® chillers are equipped with thermostatically at least 15°F lower than the expected lowest ambient
controlled evaporator heaters that help protect against freeze- temperature. Inhibitor levels should be adjusted for
up down to -20°F (-28°C). The immersion heater itself may not solutions less than 25% glycol.
be able to properly protect the evaporator from freezing without Glycol of less than 25% concentration is not
circulation of water, and it is important that the chilled water recommended, unless inhibitors are adjusted,
pumps are wired to, and controlled by, the chiller’s controller. because of the potential for bacterial growth and loss
of efficiency.
Additionally, use at least one of the following procedures during
periods of sub-freezing temperatures:
1. Add a concentration of a glycol anti-freeze with a freeze
point 10°F below the lowest expected temperature. This Flow Switch
will result in decreased capacity and increased pressure A flow switch must be included in the chilled water system to
drop. Do not use automotive grade antifreezes as they prove that there is adequate water flow before the unit can
contain inhibitors harmful to chilled water systems. Use start. It also serves to shut down the unit in the event that
only glycols specifically designated for use in building water flow is interrupted in order to guard against evaporator
cooling systems. freeze-up.
2. Drain the water from outdoor equipment and piping A factory-mounted, solid state, thermal dispersion flow switch
and blow the chiller tubes dry from the chiller. Do not is available as an option.
energize the chiller heater when water is drained from
the vessel. A field-installed and wired version for remote evaporators is
also available as a kit (Accessory part number 332688401).
NOTE: The heaters come from the factory connected to
the control power circuit. The control power can be A paddle-type flow switch for field mounting and wiring is also
rewired in the field to a separate 115V supply (do available as a kit (Accessory part number 017503300). It is
not wire directly to the heater). See the field wiring adaptable to pipe sizes from 1” (25mm) to 8” (203mm).
diagram on page 60. If this is done, it should power
Installation should be per manufacturer’s instructions included
the entire control circuit. Mark the disconnect switch
clearly to avoid accidental deactivation of the heater with the switch. There is also a set of normally closed contacts
during freezing temperatures. Exposed chilled water on the switch that can be used for an indicator light or an alarm

to indicate when a “no flow” condition exists. Flow switches

CAUTION
should be calibrated to shut off the unit when operatred below
the minimum listed flow rate for the unit listed in the Pressure Do not use automotive grade antifreeze. Industrial grade
Drop section beginning on page 82. The minimum required glycols must be used. Automotive antifreeze contains
pipe diameter before and after the switch is 1 1/4” (32 mm). inhibitors that will cause plating on the copper tubes within the
chiller evaporator. The type and handling of glycol used must
Figure 16: Flow Switch Diagram be consistent with local codes.
Performance Adjustment Factors

AWS chillers are designed to operate with leaving anti-freeze
solution temperatures per software range limits. Consult the
local Daikin Applied sales office for performance outside
these temperatures. Leaving chilled fluid temperatures below
40°F (4.4°C) result in evaporating temperatures at or below
the freezing point of water and a glycol solution is required.
MicroTech® III control inhibits compressor unloading at leaving
fluid temperatures below 30°F (-1°C).
Low fluid temperatures or high equipment room humidity
may require optional double evaporator insulation. The
system designer should determine its necessity. The use of
glycol will reduce the performance of the unit depending on
Refrigerant Charge its concentration. Take this into consideration during initial
All packaged units are designed for use with R-134a and are system design. On glycol applications, the supplier typically
shipped with a full operating charge. The operating charge for recommends that a minimum of 25% solution by weight be
each unit is shown in the Physical Data Tables in the current used for protection against corrosion, or additional inhibitors
catalog, available at www.DaikinApplied.com. will be required.
Table 4: Ethylene Glycol Correction Factors

Glycol Solutions
When using glycol anti-freeze solutions, the chiller’s capacity, % Freeze Point
Capacity Power Flow PD
glycol solution flow rate, and pressure drop through the E.G oF oC
evaporator can be calculated using the following: 10 26 -3.3 0.996 0.998 1.036 1.097
Note: The procedure below does not specify the type of 20 18 -7.8 0.988 0.994 1.061 1.219
glycol. Use the derate factors found in Table 4 or Table 5 for 30 7 -13.9 0.979 0.991 1.092 1.352
corrections when using glycol.
40 -7 -21.7 0.969 0.986 1.132 1.532
1. Capacity - Cooling capacity is reduced from that with
50 -28 -33.3 0.958 0.981 1.182 1.748
plain water. To find the reduced value, multiply the
chiller’s water system tonnage by the capacity correction Table 5: Propylene Glycol Correction Factors
factor to find the chiller’s capacity when using glycol.
% Freeze Point
2. Flow - To determine flow (or Delta-T) knowing Delta-T (or Capacity Power Flow PD
flow) and capacity: P.G oF oC
GPM = (24) (tons) (flow factor) 10 26 -3.3 0.991 0.996 1.016 1.092
Delta T 20 19 -7.2 0.981 0.991 1.032 1.195
3. Pressure drop - To determine pressure drop through the 30 9 -12.8 0.966 0.985 1.056 1.345
evaporator when using glycol, enter the water pressure 40 -5 -20.6 0.947 0.977 1.092 1.544
drop curve at the water flow rate. Multiply the water 50 -27 -32.8 0.932 0.969 1.14 1.906
pressure drop found there by the “PD” factor to obtain
corrected glycol pressure drop.
4. Power - To determine glycol system kW, multiply the
water system kW by the factor designated “Power”.
Test coolant with a clean, accurate glycol solution hydrometer
(similar to that found in service stations) or refractometer
to determine the freezing point. Obtain percent glycol from
the freezing point table below. On glycol applications, the
supplier normally recommends that a minimum of 25% solution
by weight be used for protection against corrosion or that
additional inhibitors should be employed.

Electrical Connections
All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable local Disconnecting means are addressed by Article 440 of the
and national codes. Pathfinder® units can be ordered with U.S.A. National Electrical Code (NEC), which requires
either standard multi-point power or optional single point power “disconnecting means capable of disconnecting air conditioning
connections and with various disconnect and circuit breaker and refrigerating equipment including motor-compressors,
options. Wiring within the unit is sized in accordance with the and controllers from the circuit feeder.” Select and locate
U.S.A. National Electrical Code. Field-supplied disconnect the disconnect switch per the NEC guidelines. Maximum
switches are required if not factory-supplied with the unit. recommended fuse sizes are given in the electrical data tables
of this catalog for help in sizing the disconnect.
Table 6: Electric Power Connection Option Terminals are provided in a unit control panel for optional
field hookup of the control circuit to a separate fused 115-volt
Multi-Point Single-Point
power supply in lieu of the standard factory installed control
Power Connection Power Connection
transformer.
Standard:
Optional:
Disconnect switch per circuit,
one power block, compressor
RapidRestore® Options
no compressor isolation
isolation circuit breakers This option does not require field installation. Exception: Field
circuit breakers
supplied inputs are required in the case of a backup unit being
Optional: Optional: started after the power interruption rather than restarting the
High short circuit current one disconnect switch primary unit. A field supplied control (normally a BAS) must
rated panel with disconnect replacing the power block, turn off the Backup Chiller connection on the primary chiller
switch and no isolation circuit compressor isolation circuit and turn on the connection on the backup chiller at the time of
breakers breakers switching. See the unit Field Wiring Diagram on page 60 for
the Backup Unit connection point (terminals #61 and #62).
Optional:
High short circuit current Economizer Components
rated panel with disconnect
The chiller may or may not have economizers depending on
switch and compressor
design capacity requirements. An economizer is a well-proven
isolation circuit breakers
device to increase a refrigerant circuit’s capacity and efficiency.
NOTE: Disconnect switches are molded case construction
with lockable through-the-door handles. They can Warm liquid from the condenser is fed into the economizer
be used to remove the unit/circuit from the power where it is cooled by flashing off liquid also from the condenser.
system. The flash gas is piped to a compressor interstage point.
Lowering the liquid refrigerant temperature to the evaporator
The individual compressor isolation circuit breakers
for each circuit isolate the compressor and do not decreases its enthalpy (heat content) and results in a greater
have through-the-door handles. They are operable amount of heat absorption from the chilled water.
only after the panel doors are opened.
The high short circuit rated panel means that a short Figure 17: Economizer Components
circuit current up to the ratings shown below will be
contained in the panel. There is a short period of
time when the circuit breaker will short circuit before
opening a circuit that can damage downstream
components. In other words, the enclosure is stronger
than a standard enclosure. It has a high interrupt
rated disconnect switch.
The factory-mounted control power transformer is
protected by fuses. Condenser fans are protected
and isolated by circuit breakers.
Table 7: Interrupt Ratings (kAmps)
Standard Short Circuit High Short Circuit

Voltage
Rated Panel Rated Panel
208-230V / 60Hz 10kA 100kA
380V / 60Hz 10kA 65kA
460V / 60Hz 10kA 65kA
575V / 60Hz 5kA 25kA
400V / 50Hz 10kA 65kA

AWS PACKAGE CHILLER
WITH ECONOMIZER
331994701 REV. 0D
SCHRADER
AIR VALVE
CONDENSER FLOW (HEADER) BUTTERFLY
ASSEMBLY CHECK
OIL PRESS. VALVE
VALVE
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE TRANSDUCER (OPTIONAL)
SHUT-OFF WITH SCHRADER
TUBING TRANSDUCER VALVE VALVE SUCTION
TRANSDUCER
RELIEF
BALL CHARGING OUTSIDE AIR VALVE
VALVE VALVE TEMPERATURE
SCHRADER (WAA)
IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

VALVE DISCHARGE
TEMP. SENSOR F3/F4
COMPRESSOR
AIR CHECK
LIQUID BALL SCHRADER LIQUID
FLOW VALVE STRAINER VALVE
TUBING VALVE INJECTION SOLENOID
TUBING VALVE
ECONOMIZER FLASH GAS TO COMPRESSOR INTERSTAGE
SCHRADER
SCHRADER VALVE SUCTION
VALVE TUBING
Figure 18: Piping Schematic with Economizer Circuit, One Circuit Shown
SCHRADER
FILTER VALVE SIGHT SOLENOID
DRYER GLASS VALVE
Note: Provide 20-mesh strainer
CHARGING at evaporator inlet
VALVE
TGE WATER OUT

WATER IN
EXPANSION
VALVE (WOE) (WIE)
TEMP. SENSOR TEMP. SENSOR
SOLENOID
ECONOMIZER VALVE SCHRADER EXPANSION CHARGING DX EVAPORATOR RELIEF SUCTION
(OPTIONAL) VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE TEMP. SENSOR
14 www.DaikinApplied.com
AWS PACKAGE CHILLER
331994701 REV. 0D
SCHRADER
CONDENSER VALVE
AIR (HEADER)
ASSEMBLY
FLOW
OIL PRESS. BUTTERFLY
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE TRANSDUCER VALVE
TUBING TRANSDUCER WITH SCHRADER (OPTIONAL)
SHUT-OFF
VALVE VALVE
SUCTION
TRANSDUCER
BALL CHARGING
VALVE VALVE RELIEF
VALVE
SCHRADER
VALVE
DISCHARGE
OUTSIDE AIR TEMP. SENSOR F3/F4
TEMPERATURE COMPRESSOR
(WAA)
www.DaikinApplied.com 15
LIQUID
AIR INJECTION SUCTION
SCHRADER
FLOW TUBING TUBING
VALVE
BALL SCHRADER SOLENOID

STRAINER
VALVE VALVE VALVE
LIQUID
TUBING
Figure 19: Piping Schematic without Economizer Circuit, One Circuit Shown
Note: Provide 20-mesh strainer

at evaporator inlet
WATER OUT
WATER IN
(WOE) (WIE)
TEMP. SENSOR TEMP. SENSOR
FILTER CHARGING SIGHT SCHRADER SOLENOID EXPANSION CHARGING RELIEF

DX EVAPORATOR SUCTION
DRYER VALVE GLASS VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
(OPTIONAL) TEMP. SENSOR

Lifting and Mounting Information
Figure 20: 10 Fan Non-VFD Models
5820
229.1
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
17.0
M5 L3 M3 M1 L1
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
100
3.9
190 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
7.5
AWS 10 FAN DIM. DWG
330973501 0A
AWS DIMENSIONAL DATA - WEIGHTS IN LBS. LIFTING WEIGHT FOR EACH POINT LB MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT LB
SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER # OF
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
WEIGHT WEIGHT FIN ADD FANS
AWS164CDS 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 12535 12778 3843 3825 2439 2428 2670 2658 2255 2245 1478 1472
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 12829 13072 1786 10 4015 3997 2414 2403 2805 2792 2324 2313 1422 1415
AWS190CDS
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 12535 12778 3843 3825 2439 2428 2670 2658 2255 2245 1478 1472
AWS DIMENSIONAL DATA - WEIGHTS IN KG. LIFTING WEIGHT FOR EACH POINT KG MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT KG
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 5819 5929 810 10 1821 1813 1095 1090 1272 1266 1054 1049 645 642
AWS190CDS
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 5686 5796 1743 1735 1106 1101 1211 1206 1023 1018 670 668

AWS 12 FAN DIM. DWG 330973502 0A

5820
229.1
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
17.0
M5 L3 M3 M1 L1
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
100
3.9
190
M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
7.5
AWS174CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 13174 13357 3823 3805 2779 2767 2598 2586 2314 2303 1782 1773
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 13470 13653 3999 3981 2751 2739 2737 2724 2383 2373 1722 1714
AWS210CDH
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 13174 13357 3823 3805 2779 2767 2598 2586 2314 2303 1782 1773
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 1786 12
13575 13788 4320 4126 2623 2506 3005 2871 2498 2387 1548 1479
AWS210CDS 208-230V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 13290 13503 4154 3968 2643 2525 2876 2747 2431 2323 1599 1527
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE
14092 14335 4459 4439 2603 2591 3121 3106 2558 2547 1505 1498
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 13789 14032 4283 4264 2627 2615 2982 2969 2488 2477 1562 1555
AWS174CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 5976 6059 1734 1726 1261 1255 1179 1173 1050 1045 808 804
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 6110 6193 1814 1806 1248 1242 1241 1236 1081 1076 781 778
AWS210CDH
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 5976 6059 1734 1726 1261 1255 1179 1173 1050 1045 808 804
6158 6254 810 12 1960 1872 1190 1137 1363 1302 1133 1083 702 671
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 6028 6125 1884 1800 1199 1145 1304 1246 1103 1054 725 693
6392 6502 2023 2014 1181 1175 1416 1409 1160 1155 683 680
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 6255 6365 1943 1934 1192 1186 1353 1347 1129 1123 708 705

6720
264.6
6310
248.4
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
66 17.0
2.6
M7 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
190 M8 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
7.5
AWS 14 FAN DIM. DWG
330973503 0A
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8
AWS204CDH 400V 50HZ WYE DELTA 14740 14863 3983 3770 3589 3398 2976 2818 2420 2291 1379 1305 860 814
AWS224-234CDS 400V 50HZ WYE DELTA 14714 14887 4141 4122 3233 3218 3073 3059 2444 2433 1266 1260 679 676
380-575V 60HZ SOLID STATE
15042 15165 4168 3928 3576 3370 3103 2924 2503 2359 1380 1301 821 774
AWS230CDH 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 14740 14863 3983 3770 3589 3398 2976 2818 2420 2291 1379 1305 860 814
380-575V 60HZ SOLID STATE 2084 14
15015 15188 4313 4294 3212 3197 3190 3175 2519 2508 1264 1258 638 635
AWS250-260CDS 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 14714 14887 4141 4122 3233 3218 3073 3059 2444 2433 1266 1260 679 676
15722 15825 4277 4258 3601 3585 3175 3160 2554 2542 1391 1385 811 808
Figure 23: 14 Fan Non-VFD Models (continued)

380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 15420 15523 4092 4092 3619 3619 3048 3048 2471 2471 1390 1390 852 852
AWS DIMENSIONAL DATA - WEIGHTS IN KG. LIFTING WEIGHT FOR EACH POINT KG MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT LB
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8
AWS224-234CDS 400V 50HZ WYE DELTA 6674 6753 1878 1870 1467 1460 1394 1387 1108 1103 574 571 308 306
6823 6879 1891 1782 1622 1529 1407 1326 1135 1070 626 590 372 351
380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 6686 6742 1807 1710 1628 1541 1350 1278 1098 1039 625 592 390 369
380-575V 60HZ SOLID STATE 945 14
6811 6889 1956 1948 1457 1450 1447 1440 1143 1138 573 571 290 288
AWS250-260CDS 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 6674 6753 1878 1870 1467 1460 1394 1387 1108 1103 574 571 308 306
7131 7178 1940 1931 1634 1626 1440 1433 1158 1153 631 628 368 366
380-575V 60HZ WYE DELTA 6995 7041 1856 1856 1641 1641 1383 1383 1121 1121 631 631 386 386

7620
300.0
7210
283.9
6791
267.4
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
66 431
2.6 17.0
M7 L7 M5 L5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M8 L8 M6 L6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8
AWS194CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 16057 16909 2648 2636 2256 2246 1772 1764 1370 1364 2813 2800 2477 2466 1849 1841 1335 1329
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 16358 17210 2766 2754 2325 2314 1779 1771 1327 1321 2926 2912 2554 2542 1857 1849 1287 1282
AWS240CDP
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 16057 16909 2648 2636 2256 2246 1772 1764 1370 1364 2813 2800 2477 2466 1849 1841 1335 1329
AWS244-264CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 16793 17160 3048 3034 2467 2455 1749 1741 1153 1147 3103 3089 2642 2630 1780 1772 1074 1069
AWS264CDS 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 16741 17188 3294 3176 2578 2486 1693 1632 958 924 3344 3224 2785 2685 1739 1677 883 851
17094 17461 3158 3158 2529 2529 1752 1752 1108 1108 3206 3206 2711 2711 1786 1786 1028 1028
AWS280-300CDH 208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 2372 16
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 16793 17160 3048 3034 2467 2455 1749 1741 1153 1147 3103 3089 2642 2630 1780 1772 1074 1069
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 17044 17491 3414 3292 2648 2553 1701 1640 915 882 3457 3333 2862 2760 1749 1686 837 807
AWS290CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 16741 17188 3294 3176 2578 2486 1693 1632 958 924 3344 3224 2785 2685 1739 1677 883 851
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 17724 18161 3547 3531 2730 2718 1721 1713 883 879 3580 3563 2950 2936 1769 1761 803 799
AWS310CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 17432 17869 3426 3426 2658 2658 1709 1709 922 922 3465 3465 2870 2870 1756 1756 843 843
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 7420 7806 1255 1249 1055 1050 807 803 602 599 1327 1321 1158 1153 843 839 584 581
AWS240CDP
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 7283 7670 1201 1196 1023 1019 804 800 621 619 1276 1270 1124 1119 839 835 605 603
AWS244-264CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 7617 7784 1382 1376 1119 1114 793 790 523 520 1407 1401 1199 1193 807 804 487 485
7754 7920 1432 1432 1147 1147 795 795 502 502 1454 1454 1230 1230 810 810 466 466
AWS280-300CDH 208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 1076 16
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 7617 7784 1382 1376 1119 1114 793 790 523 520 1407 1401 1199 1193 807 804 487 485
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 7731 7934 1549 1493 1201 1158 771 744 415 400 1568 1512 1298 1252 793 765 380 366
AWS290CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 7594 7796 1494 1441 1169 1127 768 740 435 419 1517 1462 1263 1218 789 761 401 386
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 8039 8238 1609 1602 1239 1233 781 777 401 399 1624 1616 1338 1332 802 799 364 362
AWS310CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 7907 8105 1554 1554 1206 1206 775 775 418 418 1572 1572 1302 1302 796 796 383 383

8520
335.5
8110
319.3
7484
294.6
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2381
93.7
2100
82.7 600
23.6
66 431
2.6 17.0
M7 L7 M5 L5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M8 L8 M6 L6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
17829 18631 2944 2839 2550 2459 2063 1989 1519 1465 3121 3009 2784 2684 2151 2074 1430 1379
AWS265CDP 208-230V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
2679 18
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 17527 18329 2826 2737 2476 2398 2043 1979 1559 1510 3009 2914 2702 2617 2127 2060 1473 1427
19539 20722 3115 3115 2723 2723 2237 2237 1694 1694 3361 3361 3014 3014 2363 2363 1622 1622
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 19237 20420 3006 3006 2655 2655 2221 2221 1736 1736 3257 3257 2940 2940 2345 2345 1668 1668
SHIPPING SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER # OF
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8
WEIGHT WEIGHT WEIGHT FIN ADD FANS
8087 8451 1336 1288 1157 1115 936 902 689 664 1416 1365 1263 1217 976 941 649 625
1215 18
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 7950 8314 1282 1241 1123 1088 927 898 707 685 1365 1322 1226 1187 965 935 668 647
8863 9399 1413 1413 1235 1235 1015 1015 769 769 1525 1525 1367 1367 1072 1072 736 736
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 8726 9262 1363 1363 1204 1204 1008 1008 788 788 1477 1477 1333 1333 1064 1064 757 757

9421
370.9
9010
354.7
8384
330.1 5961
234.7
4910
193.3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7 600
23.6
66 431
2.6 17.0
M7 L7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100 190
CONTROL BOX
3.9 7.5
M8 L8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
AWS264-284CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 20124 21257 3278 3278 2893 2893 2185 2185 1706 1706 3223 3223 2984 2984 2537 2537 1884 1884
AWS294CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 19139 19461 3463 3338 2944 2838 1991 1920 1347 1298 3256 3139 2927 2822 2312 2229 1414 1363
20426 21559 3385 3385 2965 2965 2193 2193 1671 1671 3321 3321 3057 3057 2562 2562 1839 1839
AWS310-330CDP 208-230V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 20124 21257 3278 3278 2893 2893 2185 2185 1706 1706 3223 3223 2984 2984 2537 2537 1884 1884
AWS314-334CDS 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 19164 19501 2968 20 3558 3558 2970 2970 1892 1892 1162 1162 3337 3337 2958 2958 2247 2247 1209 1209
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 19442 19764 3573 3445 3018 2910 1998 1927 1308 1262 3355 3235 3001 2893 2337 2253 1369 1320
AWS330CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 19139 19461 3463 3338 2944 2838 1991 1920 1347 1298 3256 3139 2927 2822 2312 2229 1414 1363
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 19466 19803 3666 3666 3043 3043 1899 1899 1124 1124 3434 3434 3030 3030 2272 2272 1166 1166
AWS350-375CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 19164 19501 3558 3558 2970 2970 1892 1892 1162 1162 3337 3337 2958 2958 2247 2247 1209 1209
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 20147 20444 3699 3699 3102 3102 2007 2007 1266 1266 3462 3462 3080 3080 2363 2363 1317 1317
AWS350CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 19846 20143 3592 3592 3031 3031 1999 1999 1301 1301 3367 3367 3009 3009 2338 2338 1358 1358
AWS264-284CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 9128 9642 1487 1487 1312 1312 991 991 774 774 1462 1462 1354 1354 1151 1151 855 855
9265 9779 1535 1535 1345 1345 995 995 758 758 1506 1506 1387 1387 1162 1162 834 834
AWS310-330CDP 208-230V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 9128 9642 1487 1487 1312 1312 991 991 774 774 1462 1462 1354 1354 1151 1151 855 855
AWS314-334CDS 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 8693 8846 1346 20 1614 1614 1347 1347 858 858 527 527 1514 1514 1342 1342 1019 1019 549 549
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 8819 8965 1621 1563 1369 1320 906 874 594 572 1522 1467 1361 1312 1060 1022 621 599
AWS330CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 8682 8827 1571 1514 1335 1287 903 871 611 589 1477 1424 1328 1280 1049 1011 641 618
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 8830 8983 1663 1663 1380 1380 861 861 510 510 1558 1558 1374 1374 1030 1030 529 529
AWS350-375CDS
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 8693 8846 1614 1614 1347 1347 858 858 527 527 1514 1514 1342 1342 1019 1019 549 549
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 9139 9273 1678 1678 1407 1407 910 910 574 574 1571 1571 1397 1397 1072 1072 597 597
AWS350CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 9002 9137 1630 1630 1375 1375 907 907 590 590 1527 1527 1365 1365 1060 1060 616 616

10720
422.0
9110
358.7
8384
330.1
6000
236.2
5401
212.6
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
66 431
2.6 17.0
M7 L7 M5 L5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M8 L8 M6 L6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 22566 23659 3271 3168 3058 2962 2730 2644 2405 2329 3682 3566 3418 3311 2733 2647 2186 2117
AWS365CDP 3256 22
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 22264 23357 3162 3063 2987 2893 2715 2629 2446 2369 3577 3465 3339 3234 2721 2635 2228 2157
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 21613 21864 3371 3356 3023 3009 2485 2473 1952 1944 3598 3581 3263 3249 2394 2384 1701 1694
AWS390CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 21312 21563 3266 3251 2953 2940 2469 2458 1991 1982 3498 3482 3188 3174 2382 2371 1738 1730
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 10236 10732 1484 1437 1387 1344 1238 1199 1091 1056 1670 1618 1550 1502 1240 1201 992 960
AWS365CDP 1477 22
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 10099 10595 1434 1389 1355 1312 1231 1193 1109 1075 1623 1572 1515 1467 1234 1195 1010 979
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 9804 9917 1529 1522 1371 1365 1127 1122 886 882 1632 1624 1480 1474 1086 1081 772 768
AWS390CDH
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 9667 9781 1481 1475 1340 1334 1120 1115 903 899 1587 1580 1446 1439 1080 1075 789 785

11620
457.5
10499
413.4
9962
392.2
8147
320.8
5949
234.2
5401
212.6
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
Figure 32: 24 Fan 2-Circuit Non-VFD Models
66 17.0
2.6
M9 L7 M7 M5 L5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M10 L8 M8 M6 L6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS344CDP
AWS374CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 23768 24801 3444 3428 3223 3208 2881 2868 2364 2353 3741 3724 3353 3338 2359 2349 1792 1784 1184 1179
AWS404CDP
AWS424-434CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 24060 25093 3537 3521 3289 3274 2905 2892 2325 2315 3833 3815 3426 3410 2382 2371 1786 1778 1148 1143
AWS374CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 22149 22354 3319 3304 3061 3047 2662 2649 2058 2049 3471 3456 3091 3077 2116 2107 1560 1553 963 959
3553 24
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 24060 25093 3537 3521 3289 3274 2905 2892 2325 2315 3833 3815 3426 3410 2382 2371 1786 1778 1148 1143
AWS400CDP
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 23768 24801 3444 3428 3223 3208 2881 2868 2364 2353 3741 3724 3353 3338 2359 2349 1792 1784 1184 1179
22452 22657 3415 3399 3129 3115 2687 2675 2020 2011 3564 3548 3165 3150 2141 2131 1556 1549 929 925
AWS410CDH 380V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
460-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 22149 22354 3319 3304 3061 3047 2662 2649 2058 2049 3471 3456 3091 3077 2116 2107 1560 1553 963 959
Figure 33: 24 Fan 2-Circuit Non-VFD Models (continued)
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. STARTER L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10

AWS344CDP
AWS374CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 10781 11250 1562 1555 1462 1455 1307 1301 1072 1067 1697 1689 1521 1514 1070 1065 813 809 537 535
AWS404CDP
AWS424-434CDP 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 10914 11382 1605 1597 1492 1485 1318 1312 1055 1050 1739 1730 1554 1547 1080 1075 810 806 521 518
AWS374CDH 400V - 50HZ WYE DELTA 10047 10140 1506 1499 1389 1382 1207 1202 933 929 1574 1568 1402 1396 960 956 708 704 437 435
1612 24
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 10914 11382 1605 1597 1492 1485 1318 1312 1055 1050 1739 1730 1554 1547 1080 1075 810 806 521 518
AWS400CDP
380-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 10781 11250 1562 1555 1462 1455 1307 1301 1072 1067 1697 1689 1521 1514 1070 1065 813 809 537 535
10184 10277 1549 1542 1419 1413 1219 1213 916 912 1617 1609 1436 1429 971 967 706 703 421 420
AWS410CDH 380V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
460-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA 10047 10140 1506 1499 1389 1382 1207 1202 933 929 1574 1568 1402 1396 960 956 708 704 437 435

AWS 3C-22 FAN DIM. DWG 330973509 0A
10718
422.0
9615
378.6
8998
354.3
6438
253.4
6000
236.2
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
66 17.0
2.6
L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
AWS374CTS 400V 50HZ 23451 24260 3759 3811 3373 3420 2571 2606 1942 1969 3618 3668 3380 3427 2762 2800 2286 2318
AWS394CTS 400V 50HZ 24122 24931 3890 3855 3498 3466 2683 2659 2044 2026 3738 3705 3500 3468 2880 2854 2403 2382
3256 22
AWS400CTS 380-575V 60HZ 23451 24260 3759 3811 3373 3420 2571 2606 1942 1969 3618 3668 3380 3427 2762 2800 2286 2318
AWS425CTS 380-575V 60HZ 24122 24931 3890 3855 3498 3466 2683 2659 2044 2026 3738 3705 3500 3468 2880 2854 2403 2382
AWS374CTS 400V 50HZ 10637 11004 1705 1729 1530 1551 1166 1182 881 893 1641 1664 1533 1554 1253 1270 1037 1051
AWS394CTS 400V 50HZ 10941 11309 1765 1748 1587 1572 1217 1206 927 919 1696 1681 1588 1573 1306 1295 1090 1080
1477 22
AWS400CTS 380-575V 60HZ 10637 11004 1705 1729 1530 1551 1166 1182 881 893 1641 1664 1533 1554 1253 1270 1037 1051
AWS425CTS 380-575V 60HZ 10941 11309 1765 1748 1587 1572 1217 1206 927 919 1696 1681 1588 1573 1306 1295 1090 1080
11620
457.5
10499
413.4
9962
392.2
8096
318.8
6438
253.4
6000
236.2
2381
93.7
2100
82.7 600
23.6
66 431
2.6 17.0
M9 L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M10 L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS404CTH 400V 50HZ 25408 26057 3764 3730 3508 3476 2976 2949 2514 2491 3762 3727 3408 3377 2490 2468 1997 1979 1431 1418
AWS414CTS 400V 50HZ 25659 26418 4046 4083 3666 3699 2874 2900 2186 2206 4036 4073 3602 3635 2473 2496 1867 1884 1171 1182
AWS434CTS 400V 50HZ 26384 27143 3911 3876 3644 3611 3089 3061 2607 2583 3921 3885 3552 3520 2594 2570 2079 2060 1488 1474
3553 24
AWS450CTS 380-575V 60HZ 25659 26418 4046 4083 3666 3699 2874 2900 2186 2206 4036 4073 3602 3635 2473 2496 1867 1884 1171 1182
AWS450CTH 380-575V 60HZ 25408 26057 3764 3730 3508 3476 2976 2949 2514 2491 3762 3727 3408 3377 2490 2468 1997 1979 1431 1418
AWS470CTS 380-575V 60HZ 26384 27143 3911 3876 3644 3611 3089 3061 2607 2583 3921 3885 3552 3520 2594 2570 2079 2060 1488 1474
UNIT SIZEVOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS404CTH 400V 50HZ 11525 11819 1707 1692 1591 1577 1350 1338 1140 1130 1706 1691 1546 1532 1129 1119 906 898 649 643
AWS414CTS 400V 50HZ 11639 11983 1835 1852 1663 1678 1303 1315 991 1000 1831 1848 1634 1649 1122 1132 847 855 531 536
AWS434CTS 400V 50HZ 11968 12312 1774 1758 1653 1638 1401 1389 1183 1172 1779 1762 1611 1597 1177 1166 943 934 675 669
1612 24
AWS450CTS 380-575V 60HZ 11639 11983 1835 1852 1663 1678 1303 1315 991 1000 1831 1848 1634 1649 1122 1132 847 855 531 536
AWS450CTH 380-575V 60HZ 11525 11819 1707 1692 1591 1577 1350 1338 1140 1130 1706 1691 1546 1532 1129 1119 906 898 649 643
AWS470CTS 380-575V 60HZ 11968 12312 1774 1758 1653 1638 1401 1389 1183 1172 1779 1762 1611 1597 1177 1166 943 934 675 669

12520
492.9
10564
415.9
10501
413.4
8096
318.8
6438
253.4
6000
236.2
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
17.0
L7 M9 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
L8 M10 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
AWS434CTH 400V 50HZ 26938 27542 3877 3773 3677 3578 3261 3173 2838 2761 3760 3658 3461 3367 2684 2612 2267 2206 1788 1740
AWS464CTS 400V 50HZ 27203 27902 4139 4101 3827 3792 3179 3150 2519 2497 4030 3994 3651 3618 2666 2642 2137 2118 1529 1516
3870 26
AWS475CTH 380-575V 60HZ 26938 27542 3877 3773 3677 3578 3261 3173 2838 2761 3760 3658 3461 3367 2684 2612 2267 2206 1788 1740
AWS500CTS 380-575V 60HZ 27203 27902 4139 4101 3827 3792 3179 3150 2519 2497 4030 3994 3651 3618 2666 2642 2137 2118 1529 1516
AWS434CTH 400V 50HZ 12219 12493 1759 1711 1668 1623 1479 1439 1287 1252 1706 1659 1570 1527 1217 1185 1028 1001 811 789
AWS464CTS 400V 50HZ 12339 12656 1877 1860 1736 1720 1442 1429 1143 1132 1828 1812 1656 1641 1209 1198 969 961 694 688
1755 26
AWS475CTH 380-575V 60HZ 12219 12493 1759 1711 1668 1623 1479 1439 1287 1252 1706 1659 1570 1527 1217 1185 1028 1001 811 789
AWS500CTS 380-575V 60HZ 12339 12656 1877 1860 1736 1720 1442 1429 1143 1132 1828 1812 1656 1641 1209 1198 969 961 694 688
13420
528.4
12000
472.4
10761
423.6
9000
354.3
6436
253.4
6000
236.2 2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
23.6
66
2.6 431
17.0
M9 L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M10 L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
AWS454CTH 400V 50HZ 28622 29181 4003 3967 3829 3794 3466 3434 3079 3051 4096 4059 3769 3735 2918 2892 2264 2243 1609 1595
AWS494CTS 400V 50HZ 28252 28901 4032 3996 3826 3791 3395 3365 2937 2910 4125 4088 3782 3748 2889 2863 2203 2183 1517 1503
4168 28
AWS500CTH 380-575V 60HZ 28622 29181 4003 3967 3829 3794 3466 3434 3079 3051 4096 4059 3769 3735 2918 2892 2264 2243 1609 1595
AWS525CTS 460-575V 60HZ 28252 28901 4032 3996 3826 3791 3395 3365 2937 2910 4125 4088 3782 3748 2889 2863 2203 2183 1517 1503
UNIT SIZEVOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS454CTH 400V 50HZ 12983 13236 1816 1799 1737 1721 1572 1558 1397 1384 1858 1841 1710 1694 1324 1312 1027 1017 730 723
AWS494CTS 400V 50HZ 12815 13109 1829 1812 1735 1720 1540 1526 1332 1320 1871 1854 1716 1700 1310 1299 999 990 688 682
1891 28
AWS500CTH 380-575V 60HZ 12983 13236 1816 1799 1737 1721 1572 1558 1397 1384 1858 1841 1710 1694 1324 1312 1027 1017 730 723
AWS525CTS 460-575V 60HZ 12815 13109 1829 1812 1735 1720 1540 1526 1332 1320 1871 1854 1716 1700 1310 1299 999 990 688 682

PART DESCRIPTION

14320
563.8
13800
543.3
11746
462.5
9694
381.7
6436
253.4
6000
236.2
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
600
66 23.6
2.6 431
17.0
M9 L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 M1 L1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M10 L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 M2 L2
190
7.5
AWS484CTH
AWS504CTH
AWS534CTH
AWS554CTH 400V 50HZ 30094 30608 4194 4081 4040 3931 3719 3619 3299 3210 4317 4200 4005 3896 3194 3108 2426 2360 1572 1530
AWS574CTH
AWS584CTH
AWS604CTH 4466 30
AWS514CTS
AWS524CTS
400V 50HZ 29064 29643 4078 4041 3905 3869 3544 3512 3072 3044 4193 4155 3881 3845 3069 3041 2300 2279 1446 1433
AWS544CTS
AWS554CTS
AWS530CTH 380-575V 60HZ 30094 30608 4194 4081 4040 3931 3719 3619 3299 3210 4317 4200 4005 3896 3194 3108 2426 2360 1572 1530
AWS550CTS 460-575V 60HZ 29064 29643 4078 4041 3905 3869 3544 3512 3072 3044 4193 4155 3881 3845 3069 3041 2300 2279 1446 1433
AWS484CTH
AWS504CTH
AWS534CTH
AWS554CTH 400V 50HZ 13651 13884 1903 1851 1833 1783 1687 1641 1497 1456 1958 1905 1817 1767 1449 1410 1100 1070 713 694
AWS574CTH
AWS584CTH
AWS604CTH 2026 30
AWS514CTS
AWS524CTS
400V 50HZ 13183 13446 1850 1833 1771 1755 1607 1593 1393 1381 1902 1885 1760 1744 1392 1379 1043 1034 656 650
AWS544CTS
AWS554CTS
AWS530CTH 380-575V 60HZ 13651 13884 1903 1851 1833 1783 1687 1641 1497 1456 1958 1905 1817 1767 1449 1410 1100 1070 713 694
AWS550CTS 460-575V 60HZ 13183 13446 1850 1833 1771 1755 1607 1593 1393 1381 1902 1885 1760 1744 1392 1379 1043 1034 656 650

96.0
68.0
6.0
6118
5208
5089
3638
2438
1727
610
152
0
0
240.9
205.0
200.3
143.2
24.0
19
AWS WITH VFD 10 FAN DIM. DWG
.750 TYP.
330973530 0A
66
M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2 2.6
Figure 40: 10 Fan VFD Models
2225
87.6

100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
190
7.5
BOTTOM VIEW
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8
AWS170CDS 380-575V 60HZ 13117 13660 1786 10 2814 2821 2265 2272 1471 1475 2217 2223 1898 1904 1512 1516 1194 1197
AWS170CDS 380-575V 60HZ 5950 6196 810 10 1276 1280 1027 1031 667 669 1006 1008 861 864 686 688 542 543
96.0
68.0
6.0
6118
5208
5089
3638
2438
1727
610
152
0
0
240.9
205.0
200.3
143.2
24.0
19
AWS WITH VFD 12 FAN DIM. DWG .750 TYP.
330973531 0A
66
M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2 2.6
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
190
7.5 BOTTOM VIEW
AWS190CDS 380-575V 60HZ 14401 14944 1786 12 3139 3040 2530 2450 1647 1595 2464 2387 2112 2045 1684 1631 1332 1290
AWS200CDS 380-575V 60HZ 14428 14971 1786 12 3146 3146 2501 2501 1567 1567 2474 2474 2099 2099 1644 1644 1270 1270
AWS210CDH 380-575V 60HZ 13587 14130 1786 12 2732 2738 2323 2328 1731 1735 2135 2140 1904 1908 1624 1628 1394 1397
AWS190CDS 380-575V 60HZ 6532 6779 810 12 1424 1379 1148 1111 747 723 1118 1083 958 928 764 740 604 585
AWS200CDS 380-575V 60HZ 6544 6791 810 12 1427 1427 1134 1134 711 711 1122 1122 952 952 746 746 576 576
AWS210CDH 380-575V 60HZ 6163 6409 810 12 1239 1242 1054 1056 785 787 968 971 864 865 737 738 632 634

96.0
68.0
6.0
7018
6608
5208
5089
3638
2438
1727
610
152
0
0
276.3
260.2
205.0
200.3
143.2
24.0
19
AWS WITH VFD 14 FAN DIM. DWG .750 TYP.
330973532 0A
66
M10 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2 2.6
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX

M9 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
190
7.5
BOTTOM VIEW
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS230CDH 380-575V 60HZ 14860 15403 2084 14 2698 2566 2560 2434 2358 2243 2410 2292 2015 1916 1536 1461 1142 1086 791 753
AWS250CDH 380-575V 60HZ 15410 15953 2084 14 2758 2758 2593 2593 2354 2354 2452 2452 2045 2045 1551 1551 1145 1145 783 783
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS230CDH 380-575V 60HZ 6740 6987 945 14 1224 1164 1161 1104 1070 1017 1093 1040 914 869 697 663 518 493 359 342
AWS250CDH 380-575V 60HZ 6990 7236 945 14 1251 1251 1176 1176 1068 1068 1112 1112 928 928 704 704 519 519 355 355
19
.750 TYP.
96.0
68.0
6.0
7918
7508
5208
5089
3638
2438
1727
610
152
0
0
311.7
295.6
205.0
200.3
143.2
24.0
7089
279.1
66
2.6
M10 L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
190
7.5
M9 L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
BOTTOM VIEW
AWS WITH VFD 16 FAN DIM. DWG
330973533 0A
AWS240CDP 380-575V 60HZ 16175 17427 2372 16 2734 2740 2325 2330 1733 1737 1286 1289 2215 2220 2001 2006 1742 1746 1529 1532 1217 1220
AWS280CDH
460V 60HZ 16845 17712 2372 16 3103 3110 2531 2537 1702 1706 1077 1080 2468 2473 2153 2158 1771 1775 1457 1461 997 1000
AWS300CDH
AWS240CDP 380-575V 60HZ 7337 7905 1076 16 1240 1243 1055 1057 786 788 583 585 1005 1007 908 910 790 792 694 695 552 553
AWS280CDH
460V 60HZ 7641 8034 1076 16 1408 1411 1148 1151 772 774 489 490 1119 1122 977 979 803 805 661 663 452 454
AWS300CDH

8589
338.1
8179
322.0
7758
305.4
5878
231.4
5759
226.7
AWS W/ VFD 16 FAN DIM. DWG 3348
131.8
330973533 0A 3069
120.8
19 1568
.750 TYP. 61.7 873
34.4 410
66
2.6 16.1
M10 L8 M8 L6 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2
Figure 44: 16 Fan VFD Models (continued)

2225
87.6
CONTROL BOX
100
3.9
M9 L7 M7 L5 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
190
7.5
AWS280CDH
380V 60HZ 17739 18608 2372 16 3514 3466 2623 2588 1756 1732 1037 1023 2236 2206 2113 2084 1953 1927 1655 1632 1410 1391
AWS300CDH
AWS280CDH
380V 60HZ 8046 8441 1076 16 1594 1572 1190 1174 797 786 470 464 1014 1001 958 945 886 874 751 740 640 631
AWS300CDH
19
.750 TYP.
96.0
68.0
6.0
8818
8408
5208
5089
3638
2438
1727
610
152
0
0
24.0
347.2
331.0
205.0
200.3
143.2
7782
306.4
66
2.6
M10 L8 M8 L6 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2
2225
87.6
100
CONTROL BOX
3.9
M9 L7 M7 L5 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
190 BOTTOM VIEW
7.5 AWS WITH VFD 18 FAN DIM. DWG
330973534 0B
AWS265CDP 380-575V 60HZ 17424 18676 2679 18 2878 2800 2514 2446 1987 1934 1452 1413 2327 2264 2141 2083 1915 1864 1730 1683 1352 1316
AWS290CDP 380-575V 60HZ 18959 20612 2679 18 3036 3036 2675 2675 2151 2151 1618 1618 2488 2488 2305 2305 2083 2083 1901 1901 1529 1529
AWS265CDP 380-575V 60HZ 7903 8471 1215 18 1305 1270 1140 1109 901 877 659 877 659 641 1056 1027 971 945 869 846 785 763
AWS290CDP 380-575V 60HZ 8600 9350 1215 18 1377 1377 1213 1213 976 976 734 734 1129 1129 1046 1046 945 945 862 862 694 694

9718
382.6
9308
366.5
8682
341.8
6259
246.4
5208
205.0
3638
143.2
2438
96.0
1727
68.0
610
24.0 152
6.0
66
2.6
M10 L8 L6 M8 M6 L4 M4 L2 M2
19

.750 TYP.
2225
87.6
100
CONTROL BOX
3.9
M9 L7 L5 M7 M5 L3 M3 L1 M1
190
7.5 BOTTOM VIEW
330973535 0B VOLTAGE SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER # OF
UNIT SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS WITH VFD 20 FAN DIM. DWG HZ. WEIGHT WEIGHT FIN ADD FANS
AWS310CDP 460V
20624 23624 2968 20 3509 3509 3071 3071 2156 2156 1576 1576 2763 2763 2599 2599 2401 2401 2238 2238 1811 1811
AWS330CDP 60HZ
VOLTAGE SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER # OF
UNIT SIZE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
HZ. WEIGHT WEIGHT FIN ADD FANS
AWS310CDP 460V
9355 10716 1346 20 1592 1592 1393 1393 978 978 715 715 1253 1253 1179 1179 1089 1089 1015 1015 821 821
AWS330CDP 60HZ
10389
409.0
9979
392.9
9353
368.2
6928
272.8
5878
231.4
3349
131.9
3069
120.8
1568
61.7
872
34.3
66 410
2.6 16.1
M10 L8 L6 M8 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2
Figure 47: 20 Fan VFD Models (continued)
2225
87.6
100
CONTROL BOX
3.9
19 M9 L7 190 L5 M7 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
.750 7.5
TYP.
AWS310CDP 380V 60HZ 20832 22485 2968 20 3651 3698 3032 3071 2136 2164 1531 1550 2290 2320 2273 2302 2251 2280 2209 2237 2148 2176
AWS330CDP
AWS330CDH 380-460V 60HZ 20036 20903 2968 20 3815 3762 3063 3020 1974 1946 1237 1220 2329 2296 2260 2228 2171 2141 2005 1976 1761 1737
AWS350CDH 380-460V 60HZ 20729 21596 2968 20 3916 3967 3136 3176 2006 2031 1241 1257 2388 2419 2314 2344 2217 2246 2037 2063 1773 1796
AWS310CDP
380V 60HZ 9449 10199 1346 20 1656 1677 1375 1393 969 982 694 703 1039 1052 1031 1044 1021 1034 1002 1015 974 987
AWS330CDP
AWS330CDH 380-460V 60HZ 9088 9482 1346 20 1730 1706 1389 1370 895 883 561 553 1056 1041 1025 1011 985 971 909 896 799 788
AWS350CDH 380-460V 60HZ 9403 9796 1346 20 1776 1799 1422 1441 910 921 563 570 1083 1097 1050 1063 1006 1019 924 936 804 815
330973535 0B
AWS W/ VFD 20 FAN DIM. DWG

11688 10078 6968 3349 1568 872
460.2 396.8 274.3 131.9 61.7 34.3
9353 6369 3068 410
66 368.2 250.8 120.8 16.1
2.6 L7
M9 M7 L5 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
2225
87.6
CONTROL BOX
100
3.9

19 M10 L8 190 M8 L6 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2
.750 7.5
TYP.
SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. # OF FANS L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
WEIGHT WEIGHT FIN ADD
AWS365CDP 380-460V 60HZ 22788 24441 3256 22 3496 3422 3125 3058 2672 2615 2224 2177 2441 2389 2449 2397 2460 2408 2489 2436 2512 2459
AWS390CDH 380-460V 60HZ 22033 22900 3256 22 3589 3598 3084 3093 2469 2475 1860 1865 2418 2424 2380 2387 2331 2337 2204 2210 2102 2108
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. # OF FANS L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
AWS365CDP 380-460V 60HZ 10337 11086 1477 22 1586 1552 1417 1387 1212 1186 1009 987 1107 1084 1111 1087 1116 1092 1129 1105 1139 1115
AWS390CDH 380-460V 60HZ 9994 10387 1477 22 1628 1632 1399 1403 1120 1123 844 846 1097 1100 1080 1083 1057 1060 1000 1002 953 956
330973536 0B AWS W/ VFD 22 FAN DIM. DWG
12589
495.6
11470 6918 3349 872
451.6 272.3 131.9 34.3
66 10930 9116 6369 3068 1568 410

2.6 430.3 358.9 250.8 120.8 61.7 16.1
M11 L7 M9 M7 L5 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
Figure 49: 24 Fan 2-Circuit VFD Models
2225
87.6
100
CONTROL BOX
3.9
M12 L8 190 M10 M8 L6 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2

19
.750 7.5
TYP.
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. # OF FANS L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12
AWS400CDP 380-460V 60HZ 24228 25881 3553 24 3712 3723 3335 3344 2874 2881 2177 2183 2653 2660 2538 2545 2388 2395 2005 2011 1787 1792 1552 1557
AWS410CDH 380-460V 60HZ 22838 23705 3553 24 3619 3631 3197 3207 2682 2690 1903 1909 2509 2517 2385 2393 2225 2232 1813 1818 1577 1582 1325 1329
AWS400CDP 380-460V 60HZ 10990 11740 1612 24 1684 1689 1513 1517 1304 1307 987 990 1203 1207 1151 1154 1083 1086 909 912 811 813 704 706
AWS410CDH 380-460V 60HZ 10359 10753 1612 24 1642 1647 1450 1455 1217 1220 863 866 1138 1142 1082 1085 1009 1012 822 825 715 718 601 603
330973537 0B AWS W/VFD 24 2C FAN DIM. DWG

12589
495.6
11470
451.6
10930
430.3
9065
356.9
7404
291.5
6968
274.3
3349
Figure 50: 24 Fan 3-Circuit VFD Models
131.9
3068
120.8 1568
61.7
872
34.3
66 410
2.6 16.1
M11 L7 M9 L5 M7 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M12 L8 M10 L6 M8 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2
19
.750 TYP. 190 330973538 0A
AWS W VFD 24 3C FAN DIM. DWG
7.5
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12
AWS450CTH 380-460V 60HZ 25753 27152 3552 24 4013 4022 3599 3607 2920 2927 2331 2336 2645 2651 2556 2562 2441 2447 2142 2147 1980 1985 1796 1800
AWS450CTH 380-460V 60HZ 11681 12316 1611 24 1820 1824 1632 1636 1325 1328 1057 1060 1200 1202 1159 1162 1107 1110 972 974 898 900 815 816
13488
531.0
11528
453.9
7404
291.5
3349
131.9
872
34.3
11469
451.5
9065
356.9
6968
274.3
3068
120.8
1568
61.7
410
16.1
L7 M11 M9 L5 M7 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
190 19 L8 M12 M10 L6 M8 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2

7.5 .750
TYP.
AWS475CTH 380-460V 60HZ 26901 28300 3848 26 4148 4079 3767 3704 3142 3090 2507 2465 2658 2613 2593 2550 2510 2467 2292 2254 2176 2139 2042 2007
AWS475CTH 380-460V 60HZ 12202 12837 1745 26 1882 1850 1709 1680 1425 1402 1137 1118 1206 1185 1176 1157 1139 1119 1040 1022 987 970 926 910
330973539 0B AWS WITH VFD 26 FAN DIM. DWG

14388
566.5
11729
461.8
7404
291.5
3349
131.9
872
34.3
12968
510.6
9968
392.4
6968
274.3
3068
120.8
1568
61.7
410
16.1
66
2.6 M11 L7 M9 L5 M7 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1

2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
190 M12 19 L8 M10 L6 M8 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2

7.5 .750
TYP.
AWS500CTH 380-460V 60HZ 28718 30117 4168 28 4180 4197 3882 3898 3394 3408 2874 2885 2869 2880 2791 2802 2690 2701 2428 2438 2226 2235 2025 2033
AWS500CTH 380-460V 60HZ 13026 13661 1891 28 1896 1904 1761 1768 1540 1546 1304 1309 1301 1306 1266 1271 1220 1225 1101 1106 1010 1014 919 922
15288
601.9
12714
500.6
7404
291.5
3349
131.9
872
34.3
14768
581.4
10662
419.8
6968
274.3
3068
120.8
1568
61.7
410
16.1
66
M11 2.6 L7 M9 L5 M7 L3 M5 M3 L1 M1
2225
87.6
100
3.9
CONTROL BOX
M12 190 L8 M10 L6 M8 L4 M6 M4 L2 M2

19
7.5
.750
TYP.
AWS530CTH 380-460V 60HZ 30047 31446 4466 30 4380 4323 4096 4042 3629 3581 3018 2979 3084 3043 2995 2956 2880 2843 2582 2548 2300 2270 1986 1960
AWS530CTH 380-460V 60HZ 13629 14264 2026 30 1987 1961 1858 1833 1646 1624 1369 1351 1399 1380 1359 1341 1306 1290 1171 1156 1043 1030 901 889

Isolator Information
Isolator Informati
Transfer the unit as indicated in the Installation section, Figure 54: Spring Isolator CP-4
beginning on page 4. In all cases, set the unit in place and
level.
When spring isolators are required, install springs running
under the main unit supports.Then unit should be set initially
on shims or blocks at the listed spring free height. When all
unit installation tasks are complete, the springs are adjusted
upward to loosen the blocks or shims that are then removed.
Install of spring isolators requires flexible piping connections
and at least three feet of flexible electrical conduit to avoid
straining the piping and transmitting vibration and noise.
A rubber anti-skid pad should be used under isolators if hold-
down bolts are not used.
Mounting locations for each model can be found in the Lifting &
Mounting Dimensions beginning on page 16.
Table 8: Spring Isolator Color Definition Figure 55: Rubber-in-Shear RP-4

Isolator Color Part Number 6.25
5.00
Red 332620400
3.75
Black 332620500 3.00 .500-13NC-2B
Dark Purple 332620600 R4
Dark Green 332620800

4.63
Gray 332620900 3.87
VM&C
VM&C
.56 TYP. R.28
White 332621000 TYP.
R4
Table 9: Rubber-in-Shear Color Definition

R.250 TYP.
RECESSED
Isolator Color Part Number GRIP RIBS R.750 TYP.
Brown 331481401 DURULENE

MATERIAL
Red 331481402 1.13 .25
APPROX.
Green 331481403
1.63
Gray 331481404 .38
Drawing Number
Purple 331481405 331481400 RAISED GRIP RIBS
NOTES:
1. MOUNT MATERIAL TO BE DURULENE RUBBER.
2. MOLDED STEEL AND ELASTOMER MOUNT FOR

OUTDOOR SERVICE CONDITIONS.
3. RP-4 MOUNT VERSION WITH STUD IN PLACE.

tion
Table 10: Spring Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
60Hz 50Hz
190CDS 164CDS 332320828 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black N/A N/A N/A N/A
250CDS 224CDS 332320829 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black Red Red N/A N/A
260CDS 234CDS 332320829 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black Red Red N/A N/A
290CDS 264CDS 332320846 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple Red Red N/A N/A
350CDS 314CDS 332320847 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black N/A N/A
400CTS 374CTS 332320848 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
425CTS 394CTS 332320848 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
450CTS 414CTS 332320850 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
525CTS 494CTS 332320835 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
514CTS
524CTS
550CTS 332320835 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH 174CDH 332320828 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black N/A N/A N/A N/A
230CDH 204CDH 332320829 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black Red Red N/A N/A
250CDH 224CDH 332320829 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black Red Red N/A N/A
280CDH 244CDH 332320846 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple Red Red N/A N/A
330CDH 294CDH 332320847 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black N/A N/A
390CDH 344CDH 332320849 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A
410CDH 374CDH 332320834 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple Red Red
450CTH 404CTH 332320850 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
475CTH 434CTH 332320850 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
500CTH 454CTH 332320835 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH 554CTH 332320835 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP 194CDP 332320830 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple Black Black N/A N/A
265CDP 214CDP 332320847 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Black Black N/A N/A
310CDP 264CDP 332320848 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP 404CDP 332320833 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple Black Black
424CDP
434CDP

Table 11: Spring Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
60Hz 50Hz
190CDS 164CDS 332320851 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A N/A N/A
210CDS 184CDS 332320831 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A N/A N/A
225CDS 204CDS 332320831 Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A N/A N/A
350CDS 314CDS 332320849 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A
375CDS 334CDS 332320849 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A
400CTS 374CTS 332320832 White White Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
425CTS 394CTS 332320832 White White Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
450CTS 414CTS 332320836 White White White White Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
470CTS 434CTS 332320837 White White White White Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
500CTS 464CTS 332320853 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
525CTS 494CTS 332320853 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
514CTS
524CTS
550CTS 332320853 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH 174CDH 332320852 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A N/A N/A
390CDH 344CDH 332320832 White White Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
410CDH 374CDH 332320836 White White White White Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
450CTH 404CTH 332320837 White White White White Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
475CTH 434CTH 332320853 White White White White Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
265CDP 214CDP 332320849 Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple N/A N/A
365CDP 314CDP 332320832 White White Gray Gray Gray Gray Dark Green Dark Green N/A N/A
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP 404CDP 332320836 White White White White Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Black Black
424CDP
434CDP

Table 12: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
60Hz 50Hz
190CDS 164CDS 332325828 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A N/A N/A
250CDS 224CDS 332325829 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
350CDS 314CDS 332325830 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A
375CDS 334CDS 332325830 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A
400CTS 374CTS 332325843 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green N/A N/A
425CTS 394CTS 332325843 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green N/A N/A
450CTS 414CTS 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown
470CTS 434CTS 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown
500CTS 464CTS 332325844 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
525CTS 494CTS 332325844 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
514CTS
524CTS
550CTS 332325845 Purple Purple Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH 174CDH 332325828 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A N/A N/A
230CDH 204CDH 332325829 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
330CDH 294CDH 332325830 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A
350CDH 314CDH 332325830 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A
390CDH 344CDH 332325843 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green N/A N/A
410CDH 374CDH 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown
450CTH 404CTH 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown
475CTH 434CTH 332325844 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
500CTH 454CTH 332325844 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH 554CTH 332325845 Purple Purple Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP 194CDP 332325829 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
265CDP 214CDP 332325830 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A
365CDP 314CDP 332325843 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green N/A N/A
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP 404CDP 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown
424CDP
434CDP

Table 13: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
60Hz 50Hz
290CDS 264CDS 332325829 Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
310CDS 284CDS 332325829 Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
350CDS 314CDS 332325830 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
375CDS 334CDS 332325830 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
400CTS 374CTS 332325843 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
425CTS 394CTS 332325843 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
450CTS 414CTS 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Red Red
470CTS 434CTS 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Red Red
500CTS 464CTS 332325844 Purple Purple Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
525CTS 494CTS 332325844 Purple Purple Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
514CTS
524CTS
550CTS 332325845 Purple Purple Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH 174CDH 332325828 Gray Gray Green Green Red Red N/A N/A N/A N/A
280CDH 244CDH 332325829 Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
300CDH 264CDH 332325829 Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red Brown Brown N/A N/A
330CDH 294CDH 332325830 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
410CDH 374CDH 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Red Red
450CTH 404CTH 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Red Red
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP 194CDP 332325829 Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Red Red N/A N/A
310CDP 264CDP 332325830 Purple Purple Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green N/A N/A
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP 404CDP 332325834 Purple Purple Gray Gray Green Green Red Red Red Red
424CDP
434CDP

Table 14: Spring Isolators for VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE Kit P/N M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12
170CDS Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A
VFD Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green
332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A
332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A
210CDH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A
230CDH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320822 Black Black Black Black N/A N/A
VFD Green Green Green Green Green Green
332320823 Black Black N/A N/A
330CDH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320824 N/A N/A
VFD Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
410CDH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320825
VFD Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Purple Purple
450CTH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320825
332320826
VFD Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green
332320826
530CTH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320827 Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray
240CDP Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
265CDP Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
400CDP Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320825

Table 15: Spring Isolators for VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A

332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A

332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A

332320821 N/A N/A N/A N/A


332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
410CDH Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320825
332320825
332320826


332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
332320824 N/A N/A
400CDP Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark
332320825

Table 16: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
170CDS
332325821 Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red N/A N/A N/A N/A
VFD
190CDS
VFD
200CDS
VFD
210CDH
VFD
230CDH
332325822 Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Red N/A N/A
VFD
250CDH
VFD
280CDH
VFD
300CDH
VFD
330CDH
332325823 Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green N/A N/A
VFD
350CDH
VFD
390CDH
VFD
410CDH
332325824 Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green
VFD
450CTH
VFD
475CTH
VFD
500CTH
VFD
530CTH
332325825 Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green
VFD
240CDP
VFD
265CDP
VFD
290CDP
VFD
310CDP
VFD
330CDP
VFD
365CDP
VFD
400CDP
VFD

Table 17: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
170CDS
332325826 Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green N/A N/A N/A N/A
VFD
190CDS
VFD
200CDS
VFD
210CDH
VFD
230CDH
VFD
250CDH
VFD
280CDH
VFD
300CDH
VFD
330CDH
VFD
350CDH
VFD
390CDH
VFD
410CDH
VFD
450CTH
VFD
475CTH
VFD
500CTH
332325827 Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Green Green
VFD
530CTH
332325827 Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Green Green
VFD
240CDP
VFD
265CDP
VFD
290CDP
VFD
310CDP
VFD
330CDP
VFD
365CDP
VFD
400CDP
VFD

Electrical Information
Field Wiring
4. Power Limitations:
Wiring must comply with all applicable codes and ordinances. • Voltage within 10 percent of nameplate rating.
Warranty does not cover damage to the equipment caused by
• Voltage unbalance not to exceed 2% with a resultant
wiring not complying with specifications. Pathfinder® chillers
current unbalance of 6 to 10 times the voltage
can be ordered with main power wiring for either multi-point
unbalance per NEMA MG-1, 1998 Standard.
power connection (standard) or single-point connection
(optional). If the optional single-point power connection is 5. Single-point power supply requires a single disconnect to
ordered, a single power connection is made to a power block supply electrical power to the unit. Power must be fused.
(or optional disconnect switch) in the unit power panel. A 6. Multiple point power supply requires a independent
separate disconnect is required if the optional factory-mounted power supply for each circuit.
disconnect is not ordered. Factory-mounted isolation circuit
breakers for each circuit are included as standard on all single- 7. External disconnect switch(s) or HACR breakers must be
point connection options. field supplied. A non-fused disconnect switch in the panel
is an available option.
If the standard multiple-point power wiring is ordered, two
power connections are required on Pathfinder® chiller models 8. Unit wire size ampacity (MCA) is equal to 125% of the
AWS###CD or three power connections on AWS###CT. They largest compressor-motor RLA plus 100% of RLA of all
are made to factory-mounted disconnect switches or terminal other loads in the circuit including control transformer.
blocks in the power panel. See the dimension drawings in the Wire size ampacity for separate 115V control circuit
current Pathfinder® catalog at www.DaikinApplied.com for entry power is 15 amps.
locations. 9. Recommended time delay fuse size (RFS) is generally
It can be desirable to have the unit evaporator heaters on a equal to 170% of the largest compressor motor RLA plus
separate disconnect switch from the main unit power supply 100% of remaining compressor RLAs and the sum of
so that the unit power can be shut down without defeating the condenser fan FLAs. Some models offer a reduced RFS
freeze protection provided by the evaporator heaters. See the option which impact ambient rating limits and leaving
field wiring diagram for connection details. The 120-volt control water temperature limits.
transformer is factory mounted and wired. 10. Maximum time delay fuse size or HACR breakers is
equal to 225% of the largest compressor-motor RLA plus
CAUTION 100% of remaining compressor RLAs and the sum of
If a separate disconnect is used for the 120V supply to the unit, it must condenser fan FLAs.
power the entire control circuit. It must be clearly marked so that it is
11. Circuit Breakers (Non-Compressor VFD Units)
not accidentally shut off during freezing temperatures, thereby de-
The circuit breaker used in the High Short Circuit
energizing the evaporator heaters. Freeze damage to the evaporator
panel option may have a higher trip rating than the
could result. If the evaporator is drained for winter freeze protection,
unit Maximum Overload Protection (MOCP) value
the heaters must be de-energized to prevent heater burnout.
shown on the unit nameplate. The circuit breaker is
CAUTION installed as a service disconnect switch and does not
Pathfinder® unit compressors are single-direction rotation function as branch circuit protection, mainly that the
compressors and can be damaged if rotated in the wrong direction. protection device must be installed at the point of origin
For this reason, proper phasing of electrical power is important. of the power wiring. The breaker (disconnect switch)
Electrical phasing must be A, B, C for electrical phases 1, 2 and 3 is oversized to avoid nuisance trips at high ambient
(A=L1, B=L2, C=L3) for single or multiple point wiring arrangements. temperature conditions.
DO NOT ALTER THE WIRING TO THE STARTERS. 12. BAS Interface
The following installation manuals for optional BAS
Electrical Data Notes
interface modules are shipped with the chiller and can
1. All field wiring to unit power block or optional nonfused also be downloaded from www.DaikinApplied.com:
disconnect switch can be copper or aluminum wiring. • IM 966, BACnet® IP Communication Module
2. All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable • IM 967, BACnet® IP Communication Module MS/TP
local and national codes. Aluminum wire shall be • IM 968, Modbus® Communication Module
installed in accordance with NECA/AA 104-2012, • IM 969, LonWorks® Communication Module
Standard for Installing Aluminum Building Wire and
Cable (ANSI). Wiring sizing and wire count must fit in Current Inrush
the power connection lug sizing shown in the field wiring Information on compressor current inrush by starter type is
tables beginning on page 80. available on a Technical Data report. Contact a Daikin Applied
3. Field wire size values given in tables apply to 75°C rated sales representative for a unit specific selection.
wire per NEC.

Figure 56: Field Wiring Diagram

Figure 57: Field Wiring Diagram (continued)

Table 18: Single Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units
Standard Lug Size
Model Size Hz Voltage
Power Block Disconnect Switch HSCCR Disconnect
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
190CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
210CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
225CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
250CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
260CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
230 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
290CDS 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
310CDS 60
460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
350CDS 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
375CDS 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
400CTS 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
425CTS 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM

Table 19: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
Standard Lug Size
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
450CTS 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
470CTS 60
575 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
500CTS 60
575 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
525CTS 60
575 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
550CTS 60
575 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
210CDH 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230CDH 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
250CDH 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
280CDH 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
300CDH 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
330CDH 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
350CDH 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
390CDH 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM

Standard Lug Size
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
410CDH 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
450CTH 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
475CTH 60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
500CTH 60
575 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
530CTH 60
575 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
240CDP 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
265CDP 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
290CDP 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
230 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
310CDP 60 380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
330CDP 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
365CDP 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
400CDP 60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
575 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM

Standard Lug Size
164CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
184CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
204CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
224CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
234CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
284CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
314CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
334CDS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
374CTS 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
394CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
414CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
434CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
464CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
494CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
514CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
524CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
544CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
554CTS 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
174CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
204CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
224CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
244CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
294CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
314CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
344CDH 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
374CDH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
404CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
434CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
454CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
484CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
504CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
534CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
554CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
574CTH 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM -- --
584CTH 50 400 -- -- --
604CTH 50 400 -- -- --
194CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
214CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
244CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
284CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
314CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
344CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
374CDP 50 400 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
404CDP 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
424CDP 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
434CDP 50 400 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM

Table 22: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units

Standard Lug Size
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
170CDS
60 460 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
190CDS
60 460 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
200CDS
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
210CDH
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
230CDH
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
250CDH
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
280CDH 380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
300CDH 380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
330CDH 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
350CDH 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
390CDH 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
410CDH 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
450CTH 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
475CTH
60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
VFD
500CTH
60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
VFD
530CTH
60 460 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
VFD

Table 23: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units (continued)
Standard Lug Size
380 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
240CDP
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
265CDP
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (1) 2-600MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
290CDP
60 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
VFD
575 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
310CDP 380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
330CDP 380 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM
365CDP 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
400CDP 380 (4) 2-600MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM
60
VFD 460 (2) 6-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM

Table 24: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units

Disconnect Switch - Standard Lug Size
Circuit #1 Circuit #2 Circuit #3
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
190CDS 60 380 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
210CDS 60 380 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
225CDS 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
250CDS 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
260CDS 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
290CDS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
310CDS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
350CDS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
375CDS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
400CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
425CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
450CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (1) 6-350MCM

Table 25: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
470CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
500CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
525CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
550CTS 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
210CDH 60 380 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230CDH 60 380 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
250CDH 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
280CDH 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (3) 2/0-400MCM (3) 2/0-400MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
300CDH 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
330CDH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
350CDH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
390CDH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --

380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
410CDH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
450CTH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
475CTH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
500CTH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (1) 6-350MCM
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
530CTH 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
240CDP 60 380 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
265CDP 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
290CDP 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (2) 3/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
310CDP 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
208 (4) 4/0-500MCM (4) 4/0-500MCM --
230 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
330CDP 60 380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (1) 6-350MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
365CDP 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 6-350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
400CDP 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --

164CDS 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
184CDS 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
204CDS 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
224CDS 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
234CDS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
264CDS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
284CDS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
314CDS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
334CDS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
374CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
394CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
414CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
434CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
464CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
494CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
514CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
524CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
544CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
554CTS 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
174CDH 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
204CDH 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
224CDH 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
244CDH 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
264CDH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
294CDH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
314CDH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
344CDH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
374CDH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
404CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
434CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
454CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
484CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
504CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
534CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
554CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
574CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
584CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
604CTH 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
194CDP 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
214CDP 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
244CDP 50 400 (1) 6 - 350MCM (1) 6 - 350MCM --
264CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
284CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
314CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
344CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
374CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
404CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
424CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
434CDP 50 400 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --

Table 28: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units

Circuit Breaker - Standard Lug Size
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
170CDS VFD 60 460 (1) 3/0 - 350MCM (1) 3/0 - 350MCM --
575 (1) 3/0 - 350MCM (1) 3/0 - 350MCM --
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
190CDS VFD 60 460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
575 (1) 3/0 - 350MCM (1) 3/0 - 350MCM --
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
200CDS VFD 60 460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
575 (1) 3/0 - 350MCM (1) 3/0 - 350MCM --
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
210CDH VFD 60 460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
280CDH VFD 60
460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
300CDH VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
330CDH VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (3) 3/0 - 500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
350CDH VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (3) 3/0 - 500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
390CDH VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
380 (3) 3/0 - 500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
410CDH VFD 60
460 (3) 3/0 - 500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
450CTH VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM
475CTH VFD 60 460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM

Table 29: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units (continued)
Circuit Breaker - Standard Lug Size
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
240CDP VFD 60 460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
575 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
310CDP VFD 60
460 (1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
330CDP VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (2) 3/0-500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
365CDP VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --
380 (3) 3/0 - 500MCM (3) 3/0 - 500MCM --
400CDP VFD 60
460 (2) 3/0-500MCM (2) 3/0-500MCM --

Table 30: Single-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units

Ratings Ratings
Model (Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw, Model (Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw,
Hz Voltage Hz Voltage
Size 90°C for SP HSCCR) Size 90°C for SP HSCCR)
MCA RFS MFS MCA RFS MFS
208 802 1000 1000 380 1138 1200 1200
230 725 1000 1000 470CTS 60 460 940 1200 1200
190CDS 60 380 439 600 600 575 751 800 800
460 363 450 500 380 1194 1200 1200
575 290 350 400 500CTS 60 460 986 1200 1200
208 908 1200 1200 575 789 1000 1000
230 821 1000 1000 460 1025 1200 1200
525CTS 60
210CDS 60 380 498 600 700 575 820 1000 1000
460 411 500 500 460 1064 1200 1200
550CTS 60
575 328 400 450 575 851 1000 1000
208 981 1200 1200 208 842 1000 1000
230 887 1200 1200 230 761 1000 1000
225CDS 60 380 538 700 700 210CDH 60 380 461 600 600
460 444 600 600 460 381 450 500
575 354 450 450 575 305 400 400
208 1092 1200 1200 208 953 1200 1200
230 988 1200 1200 230 862 1200 1200
250CDS 60 380 598 800 800 230CDH 60 380 522 700 700
460 494 600 700 460 431 600 600
575 395 500 500 575 345 450 450
208 1169 1600 1600 208 1030 1200 1200
230 1058 1200 1200 230 932 1200 1200
260CDS 60 380 640 800 800 250CDH 60 380 564 700 700
460 529 700 700 460 466 600 600
575 423 500 500 575 373 450 500
380 725 1000 1000 208 1140 1600 1600
290CDS 60 460 598 800 800 230 1031 1200 1200
575 478 600 600 280CDH 60 380 623 800 800
380 786 1000 1000 460 515 700 700
310CDS 60 460 648 800 800 575 412 500 500
575 518 700 700 208 1216 1600 1600
380 850 1200 1200 230 1099 1200 1200
350CDS 60 460 702 800 800 300CDH 60 380 664 800 800
575 561 700 700 460 549 700 700
380 888 1200 1200 575 439 600 600
375CDS 60 460 734 1000 1000 380 781 1000 1000
575 587 700 800 330CDH 60 460 646 800 800
380 932 1000 1000 575 516 700 700
400CTS 60 460 770 800 800 380 861 1200 1200
575 615 700 700 350CDH 60 460 712 800 800
380 1008 1200 1200 575 569 700 700
425CTS 60 460 833 1000 1000 380 915 1200 1200
575 665 800 800 390CDH 60 460 756 1000 1000
380 1077 1200 1200 575 605 800 800
450CTS 60 460 890 1000 1000 380 960 1200 1200
575 711 800 800 410CDH 60 460 793 1000 1000
575 634 700 800

Table 31: Single-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)

Ratings Ratings
Model (Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw, Model (Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw,
Hz Voltage Hz Voltage
Size 90°C for SP HSCCR) Size 90°C for SP HSCCR)
380 963 1200 1200 164CDS 50 400 355 450 450
450CTH 60 460 797 1000 1000 184CDS 50 400 403 500 500
575 637 800 800 204CDS 50 400 435 600 600
380 1071 1200 1200 224CDS 50 400 484 600 600
475CTH 60 460 886 1000 1000 234CDS 50 400 517 700 700
575 709 800 800 264CDS 50 400 585 700 800
380 1159 1200 1200 284CDS 50 400 633 800 800
500CTH 60 460 959 1200 1200 314CDS 50 400 687 800 800
575 767 800 800 334CDS 50 400 717 1000 1000
380 1248 1200 1200 374CTS 50 400 754 800 800
530CTH 60 460 1032 1200 1200 394CTS 50 400 814 1000 1000
575 825 1000 1000 414CTS 50 400 870 1000 1000
208 872 1200 1200 434CTS 50 400 918 1000 1000
230 788 1000 1000 464CTS 50 400 964 1200 1200
240CDP 60 380 477 600 600 494CTS 50 400 1002 1200 1200
460 394 500 500 514CTS 50 400 1040 1200 1200
575 316 400 400 524CTS 50 400 1084 1200 1200
208 983 1200 1200 544CTS 50 400 1139 1200 1200
230 889 1200 1200 554CTS 50 400 1183 1200 1200
265CDP 60 380 538 700 700 174CDH 50 400 374 450 500
460 445 600 600 204CDH 50 400 424 600 600
575 356 450 500 224CDH 50 400 457 600 600
208 1060 1200 1200 244CDH 50 400 506 600 700
230 959 1200 1200 264CDH 50 400 539 700 700
290CDP 60 380 580 700 800 294CDH 50 400 634 800 800
460 480 600 600 314CDH 50 400 697 800 800
575 384 450 500 344CDH 50 400 741 1000 1000
208 1170 1600 1600 374CDH 50 400 778 1000 1000
230 1058 1200 1200 404CTH 50 400 782 800 800
310CDP 60 380 640 800 800 434CTH 50 400 869 1000 1000
460 529 700 700 454CTH 50 400 940 1200 1200
575 423 500 500 484CTH 50 400 1011 1200 1200
380 681 800 800 504CTH 50 400 1040 1200 1200
330CDP 60 460 563 700 700 534CTH 50 400 1076 1200 1200
575 450 600 600 554CTH 50 400 1105 1200 1200
380 789 1000 1000 574CTH 50 400 1167 1200 1200
365CDP 60 460 652 800 800 584CTH 50 400 1244 1600 1600
575 522 700 700 604CTH 50 400 1306 1600 1600
380 877 1200 1200 194CDP 50 400 390 500 500
400CDP 60 460 725 1000 1000 214CDP 50 400 440 600 600
575 580 700 800 244CDP 50 400 473 600 600
264CDP 50 400 522 700 700
284CDP 50 400 555 700 700
314CDP 50 400 642 800 800
344CDP 50 400 713 800 800
374CDP 50 400 749 1000 1000
404CDP 50 400 778 1000 1000
424CDP 50 400 855 1200 1200
434CDP 50 400 917 1200 1200

Table 32: Single-Point Electrical Data for VFD Units

Ratings Ratings
(Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw, Model (Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw,
Model Size Hz Voltage Hz Voltage
90°C for SP HSCCR) Size 90°C for SP HSCCR)
380 397 500 500 380 520 600 700
240CDP
170CDS VFD 60 460 327 400 450 60 460 430 450 / 500 500
VFD
575 261 300 350 575 345 450 / 500 450
380 449 500 600 380 583 700 800
265CDP
190CDS VFD 60 460 370 450 500 60 460 482 500 / 600 600
VFD
575 295 350 400 575 385 500 / 600 500
380 484 600 600 380 627 800 800
290CDP
200CDS VFD 60 460 399 500 500 60 460 518 600 700
VFD
575 318 400 400 575 413 500 500
380 504 600 700 310CDP 380 688 800 800
60
210CDH VFD 60 460 417 450 / 500 500 VFD 460 569 600 / 700 800
575 334 450 / 500 450 330CDP 380 730 800 1000
60
380 567 700 800 VFD 460 604 700 800
230CDH VFD 60 460 468 500 / 600 600 365CDP 380 811 1000 1000
60
575 374 500 / 600 500 VFD 460 670 700 / 800 800
380 611 700 800 400CDP 380 877 1000 1200
60
250CDH VFD 60 460 504 600 700 VFD 460 725 800 1000
575 402 500 500
380 672 800 800
280CDH VFD 60
460 555 600 / 700 700
380 714 800 1000
300CDH VFD 60
460 590 700 800
380 803 1000 1000
330CDH VFD 60
460 664 700 / 800 800
380 861 1000 1200
350CDH VFD 60
460 712 800 800
380 944 1200 1200
390CDH VFD 60
460 780 1000 1000
380 1012 1200 1200
410CDH VFD 60
460 835 1000 1000
380 1034 1200 1200
450CTH VFD 60
460 855 1000 1000
475CTH VFD 60 460 922 1000 1200
500CTH VFD 60 460 977 1200 1200
530CTH VFD 60 460 1032 1200 1200

Table 33: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units

Multiple Point Field Data
Model Size Hz Voltage Circuit #1 Circuit #2 Circuit #3
MCA RFS MFS MCA RFS MFS MCA RFS MFS
208V 441 600 700 441 600 700 - - -
230V 399 600 600 399 600 600 - - -
190CDS 60 380V 242 350 400 242 350 400 - - -
460V 200 300 300 200 300 300 - - -
575V 160 225 250 160 225 250 - - -
208V 449 600 700 540 800 800 - - -
230V 406 600 600 488 700 800 - - -
210CDS 60 380V 246 350 400 296 450 500 - - -
460V 203 300 300 244 350 400 - - -
575V 163 250 250 195 300 300 - - -
208V 540 800 800 540 800 800 - - -
230V 488 700 800 488 700 800 - - -
225CDS 60 380V 296 450 500 296 450 500 - - -
460V 244 350 400 244 350 400 - - -
575V 195 300 300 195 300 300 - - -
208V 548 800 800 644 1000 1000 - - -
230V 495 700 800 583 800 1000 - - -
250CDS 60 380V 300 450 500 353 500 600 - - -
460V 248 350 400 291 450 500 - - -
575V 198 300 300 233 350 400 - - -
208V 644 1000 1000 644 1000 1000 - - -
230V 583 800 1000 583 800 1000 - - -
260CDS 60 380V 353 500 600 353 500 600 - - -
460V 291 450 500 291 450 500 - - -
575V 233 350 400 233 350 400 - - -
380V 357 500 600 433 600 700 - - -
290CDS 60 460V 295 450 500 357 500 600 - - -
575V 235 350 400 285 400 450 - - -
380V 433 600 700 433 600 700 - - -
310CDS 60 460V 357 500 600 357 500 600 - - -
575V 285 400 450 285 400 450 - - -
380V 441 600 700 489 700 800 - - -
350CDS 60 460V 364 500 600 404 600 700 - - -
575V 291 400 500 323 500 500 - - -
380V 489 700 800 489 700 800 - - -
375CDS 60 460V 404 600 700 404 600 700 - - -
575V 323 500 500 323 500 500 - - -

Table 34: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)

380V 353 500 600 353 500 600 357 500 600
400CTS 60 460V 291 450 500 291 450 500 295 450 500
575V 233 350 400 233 350 400 235 350 400
380V 353 500 600 353 500 600 433 600 700
425CTS 60 460V 291 450 500 291 450 500 357 500 600
575V 233 350 400 233 350 400 285 400 450
380V 433 600 700 433 600 700 357 500 600
450CTS 60 460V 357 500 600 357 500 600 295 450 500
575V 285 400 450 285 400 450 235 350 400
380V 433 600 700 433 600 700 433 600 700
470CTS 60 460V 357 500 600 357 500 600 357 500 600
575V 285 400 450 285 400 450 285 400 450
380V 433 600 700 433 600 700 489 700 800
500CTS 60 460V 357 500 600 357 500 600 404 600 700
575V 285 400 450 285 400 450 323 500 500
380V 489 700 800 489 700 800 433 600 700
525CTS 60 460V 404 600 700 404 600 700 357 500 600
575V 323 500 500 323 500 500 285 400 450
380V 489 700 800 489 700 800 489 700 800
550CTS 60 460V 404 600 700 404 600 700 404 600 700
575V 323 500 500 323 500 500 323 500 500
208V 463 700 700 463 700 700 - - -
230V 418 600 700 418 600 700 - - -
210CDH 60 380V 253 350 400 253 350 400 - - -
460V 209 300 350 209 300 350 - - -
575V 168 250 250 168 250 250 - - -
208V 470 700 800 566 800 800 - - -
230V 425 600 700 513 700 800 - - -
230CDH 60 380V 258 350 400 310 450 500 - - -
460V 213 300 350 256 350 400 - - -
575V 170 250 250 205 300 350 - - -
208V 566 800 800 566 800 800 - - -
230V 513 700 800 513 700 800 - - -
250CDH 60 380V 310 450 500 310 450 500 - - -
460V 256 350 400 256 350 400 - - -
575V 205 300 350 205 300 350 - - -
208V 574 800 800 669 1000 1000 - - -
230V 519 700 800 604 800 1000 - - -
280CDH 60 380V 314 450 500 365 500 600 - - -
460V 260 400 400 302 450 500 - - -
575V 208 300 350 242 350 400 - - -
208V 669 1000 1000 669 1000 1000 - - -
230V 604 800 1000 604 800 1000 - - -
300CDH 60 380V 365 500 600 365 500 600 - - -
460V 302 450 500 302 450 500 - - -
575V 242 350 400 242 350 400 - - -
380V 374 500 600 474 700 800 - - -
330CDH 60 460V 309 450 500 392 600 600 - - -
575V 247 350 400 313 450 500 - - -
380V 474 700 800 474 700 800 - - -
350CDH 60 460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 - - -
575V 313 450 500 313 450 500 - - -


380V 474 700 800 528 800 800 - - -
390CDH 60 460V 392 600 600 436 600 700 - - -
575V 313 450 500 349 500 600 - - -
380V 528 800 800 528 800 800 - - -
410CDH 60 460V 436 600 700 436 600 700 - - -
575V 349 500 600 349 500 600 - - -
380V 365 500 600 365 500 600 365 500 600
450CTH 60 460V 302 450 500 302 450 500 302 450 500
575V 242 350 400 242 350 400 242 350 400
380V 365 500 600 365 500 600 474 700 800
475CTH 60 460V 302 450 500 302 450 500 392 600 600
575V 242 350 400 242 350 400 313 450 500
380V 474 700 800 474 700 800 365 500 600
500CTH 60 460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 302 450 500
575V 313 450 500 313 450 500 242 350 400
380V 474 700 800 474 700 800 474 700 800
530CTH 60 460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 392 600 600
575V 313 450 500 313 450 500 313 450 500
208V 478 700 800 478 700 800 - - -
230V 432 600 700 432 600 700 - - -
240CDP 60 380V 262 350 400 262 350 400 - - -
460V 216 300 350 216 300 350 - - -
575V 173 250 250 173 250 250 - - -
208V 485 700 800 581 800 800 - - -
230V 439 600 700 526 800 800 - - -
265CDP 60 380V 266 400 400 318 450 500 - - -
460V 219 300 350 263 400 450 - - -
575V 176 250 250 211 300 350 - - -
208V 581 800 800 581 800 800 - - -
230V 526 800 800 526 800 800 - - -
290CDP 60 380V 318 450 500 318 450 500 - - -
460V 263 400 450 263 400 450 - - -
575V 211 300 350 211 300 350 - - -
208V 589 800 1000 684 1000 1000 - - -
230V 533 800 800 618 1000 1000 - - -
310CDP 60 380V 322 450 500 374 500 600 - - -
460V 267 400 450 309 450 500 - - -
575V 213 300 350 247 350 400 - - -
208V 684 1000 1000 684 1000 1000 - - -
230V 618 1000 1000 618 1000 1000 - - -
330CDP 60 380V 374 500 600 374 500 600 - - -
460V 309 450 500 309 450 500 - - -
575V 247 350 400 247 350 400 - - -
380V 374 500 600 482 700 800 - - -
365CDP 60 460V 309 450 500 398 600 600 - - -
575V 247 350 400 319 450 500 - - -
380V 482 700 800 482 700 800 - - -
400CDP 60 460V 398 600 600 398 600 600 - - -
575V 319 450 500 319 450 500 - - -


164CDS 50 400V 195 300 300 195 300 300 - - -
184CDS 50 400V 199 300 300 239 350 400 - - -
204CDS 50 400V 239 350 400 239 350 400 - - -
224CDS 50 400V 243 350 400 284 400 450 - - -
234CDS 50 400V 284 400 450 284 400 450 - - -
264CDS 50 400V 288 400 450 348 500 600 - - -
284CDS 50 400V 348 500 600 348 500 600 - - -
314CDS 50 400V 356 500 600 394 600 600 - - -
334CDS 50 400V 394 600 600 394 600 600 - - -
374CTS 50 400V 284 400 450 284 400 450 288 400 450
394CTS 50 400V 284 400 450 284 400 450 348 500 600
414CTS 50 400V 348 500 600 348 500 600 288 400 450
434CTS 50 400V 348 500 600 348 500 600 348 500 600
464CTS 50 400V 348 500 600 348 500 600 394 600 600
494CTS 50 400V 394 600 600 394 600 600 348 500 600
514CTS 50 400V 394 600 600 394 600 600 394 600 600
524CTS 50 400V 394 600 600 394 600 600 449 600 700
544CTS 50 400V 449 600 700 449 600 700 394 600 600
554CTS 50 400V 449 600 700 449 600 700 449 600 700
174CDH 50 400V 205 300 350 205 300 350 - - -
204CDH 50 400V 209 300 350 251 350 400 - - -
224CDH 50 400V 251 350 400 251 350 400 - - -
244CDH 50 400V 255 350 400 296 450 500 - - -
264CDH 50 400V 296 450 500 296 450 500 - - -
294CDH 50 400V 304 450 500 383 600 600 - - -
314CDH 50 400V 383 600 600 383 600 600 - - -
344CDH 50 400V 383 600 600 427 600 700 - - -
374CDH 50 400V 427 600 700 427 600 700 - - -
404CTH 50 400V 296 450 500 296 450 500 296 450 500
434CTH 50 400V 296 450 500 296 450 500 383 600 600
454CTH 50 400V 383 600 600 383 600 600 296 450 500
484CTH 50 400V 383 600 600 383 600 600 383 600 600
504CTH 50 400V 383 600 600 383 600 600 419 600 700
534CTH 50 400V 419 600 700 419 600 700 383 600 600
554CTH 50 400V 419 600 700 419 600 700 419 600 700
574CTH 50 400V 419 600 700 419 600 700 496 700 800
584CTH 50 400V 496 700 800 496 700 800 419 600 700
604CTH 50 400V 496 700 800 496 700 800 496 700 800
194CDP 50 400V 213 300 350 213 300 350 - - -
214CDP 50 400V 217 300 350 259 350 400 - - -
244CDP 50 400V 259 350 400 259 350 400 - - -
264CDP 50 400V 263 350 400 304 450 500 - - -
284CDP 50 400V 304 450 500 391 600 600 - - -
314CDP 50 400V 391 600 600 391 600 600 - - -
344CDP 50 400V 391 600 600 427 600 700 - - -
374CDP 50 400V 304 450 500 304 450 500 - - -
404CDP 50 400V 427 600 700 427 600 700 - - -
424CDP 50 400V 427 600 700 504 700 800 - - -
434CDP 50 400V 504 700 800 504 700 800 - - -

Table 37: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for VFD Units

380V 218 300 350 218 300 350 - - -
170CDS VFD 60 460V 180 250 300 180 250 300 - - -
575V 144 200 225 144 200 225 - - -
380V 222 300 350 266 400 450 - - -
190CDS VFD 60 460V 183 250 300 219 300 350 - - -
575V 146 225 250 175 250 300 - - -
380V 266 400 450 266 400 450 - - -
200CDS VFD 60 460V 219 300 350 219 300 350 - - -
575V 175 250 300 175 250 300 - - -
380V 277 400 450 277 400 450 - - -
210CDH VFD 60 460V 229 350 350 229 350 350 - - -
575V 184 250 300 184 250 300 - - -
380V 281 400 450 336 500 500 - - -
230CDH VFD 60 460V 233 350 400 278 400 450 - - -
575V 186 250 300 221 300 350 - - -
380V 336 500 500 336 500 500 - - -
250CDH VFD 60 460V 278 400 450 278 400 450 - - -
575V 221 300 350 221 300 350 - - -
380V 340 500 500 393 600 600 - - -
280CDH VFD 60
460V 281 400 450 325 500 500 - - -
380V 393 600 600 393 600 600 - - -
300CDH VFD 60
460V 325 500 500 325 500 500 - - -
380V 401 600 600 474 700 800 - - -
330CDH VFD 60
460V 332 500 500 392 600 600 - - -
380V 474 700 800 474 700 800 - - -
350CDH VFD 60
460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 - - -
380V 474 700 800 557 800 800 - - -
390CDH VFD 60
460V 392 600 600 460 700 700 - - -
380V 557 800 800 557 800 800 - - -
410CDH VFD 60
460V 460 700 700 460 700 700 - - -
380V 393 600 600 393 600 600 393 600 600
450CTH VFD 60
460V 325 500 500 325 500 500 325 500 500
475CTH VFD 60 460V 325 500 500 325 500 500 392 600 600
500CTH VFD 60 460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 325 500 500
530CTH VFD 60 460V 392 600 600 392 600 600 392 600 600
380V 285 400 450 285 400 450 - - -
240CDP VFD 60 460V 236 350 400 236 350 400 - - -
575V 189 250 300 189 250 300 - - -
380V 289 400 450 344 500 500 - - -
265CDP VFD 60 460V 239 350 400 284 400 450 - - -
575V 192 250 300 227 300 350 - - -
380V 344 500 500 344 500 500 - - -
290CDP VFD 60 460V 284 400 450 284 400 450 - - -
575V 227 300 350 227 300 350 - - -
380V 349 500 500 401 600 600 - - -
310CDP VFD 60
460V 288 400 450 332 500 500 - - -
380V 401 600 600 401 600 600 - - -
330CDP VFD 60
460V 332 500 500 332 500 500 - - -
380V 401 600 600 482 700 800 - - -
365CDP VFD 60
460V 332 500 500 398 600 600 - - -
380V 482 700 800 482 700 800 - - -
400CDP VFD 60
460V 398 600 600 398 600 600 - - -

Pressure Drop Data
Pressure Drop Data
Figure 58: Evaporator Model EV40271010/9 (6” Connection)

AWS-C Evaporator Pressure Drop Curves
Evaporator EV40271010/9
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Flow Rate (gpm)
Variable Flow System Only - Fixed Flow System Only Minimum

Minimum Flow Rate Flow Rate 18F Delta Nominal (100% Loaded) Maximum
Model Hz (Unit Unloaded) (Unit 100% Load)
DP DP DP DP DP DP DP
GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM DP ft. l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h kpa
ft. kpa ft. kpa kpa ft.
164CDS 50 114.5 1.4 7.2 26.0 4.2 212.1 4.1 13.4 48.2 12.3 381.7 11.8 24.1 86.7 35.2
184CDS 50 130.1 1.7 8.2 29.5 5.0 240.9 5.3 15.2 54.7 15.9 433.6 14.7 27.4 98.5 44.0
190CDS 60 129.7 1.7 8.2 29.5 5.0 240.1 5.3 15.2 54.5 15.9 432.2 15.0 27.3 98.2 44.9
596.1 26.2 37.6 135.4 78.3
204CDS 50 142.8 1.9 9.0 32.4 5.7 264.5 6.2 16.7 60.1 18.5 476.0 17.7 30.0 108.1 52.8
170CDS VFD 60 117.1 1.4 7.4 26.6 4.2 216.8 4.4 13.7 49.2 13.2 390.2 12.4 24.6 88.6 37.0
190CDS VFD 60 132.0 1.7 8.3 30.0 5.0 244.4 5.3 15.4 55.5 15.8 439.9 15.3 27.8 99.9 45.8
NOTE: If variable flow minimum is used, the controller setpoint must be changed to reflect same.

Pressure Drop Data

30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Flow Rate (gpm)
Variable Flow System Only - Fixed Flow System Only

Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate 18F Delta Nominal (100% Loaded) Maximum
(Unit Unloaded) (Unit 100% Load)
Model Hz
DP DP DP DP DP DP DP DP
GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h
ft. kpa ft. kpa ft. kpa ft. kpa
174CDH 50 125.4 1.2 7.9 28.5 3.4 232.2 3.1 14.7 52.7 9.4 418.0 8.8 26.4 94.9 26.4
204CDH 50 141.6 1.4 8.9 32.2 4.1 262.3 4.0 16.5 59.6 11.9 472.1 11.1 29.8 107.2 33.2
210CDS 60 144.9 1.4 9.1 32.9 4.2 268.4 4.0 16.9 61.0 11.9 483.1 11.7 30.5 109.7 34.9
210CDH 60 148.1 1.5 9.3 33.6 4.4 274.3 4.3 17.3 62.3 12.8 493.7 12.2 31.1 112.1 36.6 745.0 25.3 47.0 169.2 75.7
224CDH 50 156.5 1.6 9.9 35.5 4.7 289.8 4.6 18.3 65.8 13.6 521.6 13.4 32.9 118.5 40.0
224CDS 50 157.0 1.6 9.9 35.7 4.7 290.7 4.6 18.3 66.0 13.6 523.3 13.4 33.0 118.9 40.0
210CDH VFD 60 147.7 1.4 9.3 33.6 4.2 273.6 4.3 17.3 62.1 12.8 492.5 12.2 31.1 111.9 36.6

Pressure Drop Data

30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Flow Rate (gpm)

225CDS 60 155.7 1.7 9.8 35.4 5.1 288.4 5.1 18.2 65.5 15.3 519.1 14.5 32.8 117.9 43.4
230CDH 60 162.1 1.8 10.2 36.8 5.4 300.3 5.4 18.9 68.2 16.2 540.5 15.6 34.1 122.8 46.8
234CDS 50 169.7 2.0 10.7 38.5 5.9 314.3 6.0 19.8 71.4 17.9 565.7 16.8 35.7 128.5 50.2
250CDH 60 173.2 2.0 10.9 39.3 6.1 320.8 6.3 20.2 72.9 18.7 577.4 17.4 36.4 131.2 51.9 745.0 28.2 47.0 169.2 84.2
200CDS VFD 60 140.5 1.4 8.9 31.9 4.2 260.1 4.3 16.4 59.1 12.8 468.2 11.9 29.5 106.3 35.7
230CDH VFD 60 161.9 1.7 10.2 36.8 5.0 299.7 5.4 18.9 68.1 16.2 539.5 15.6 34.0 122.5 46.8
250CDH VFD 60 172.8 1.8 10.9 39.2 5.4 320.0 6.3 20.2 72.7 18.7 576.0 17.4 36.3 130.8 51.9

Pressure Drop Data

40
30
PD
(ft) 20
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
DP DP DP DP DP DP DP
GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h DP kpa
ft. kpa ft. kpa ft. kpa ft.
250CDS 60 169.8 1.3 10.7 38.6 3.9 314.4 4.1 19.8 71.4 12.3 565.9 12.1 35.7 128.5 36.2
999.5 33.8 63.1 227.0 100.9
260CDS 60 180.4 1.5 11.4 41.0 4.5 334.0 4.7 21.1 75.9 13.9 601.2 13.4 37.9 136.5 40.0

Pressure Drop Data

30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Flow Rate (gpm)

244CDH 50 176.9 1.6 11.2 40.2 4.8 327.6 4.9 20.7 74.4 14.8 589.6 13.7 37.2 133.9 41.0
264CDH 50 190.8 1.9 12.0 43.3 5.6 353.3 5.5 22.3 80.2 16.4 635.9 15.6 40.1 144.4 46.7
264CDS 50 191.0 1.9 12.0 43.4 5.7 353.7 5.5 22.3 80.3 16.4 636.6 15.6 40.2 144.6 46.7
280CDH 60 195.8 2.0 12.4 44.5 5.9 362.5 6.0 22.9 82.3 18.0 652.6 16.5 41.2 148.2 49.2
284CDS 50 204.7 2.2 12.9 46.5 6.5 379.1 6.3 23.9 86.1 18.9 682.4 17.8 43.1 155.0 53.3 876.2 28.0 55.3 199.0 83.6
300CDH 60 207.9 2.2 13.1 47.2 6.7 384.9 6.6 24.3 87.4 19.7 692.9 18.4 43.7 157.4 54.9
294CDH 50 211.3 2.3 13.3 48.0 6.9 391.3 6.6 24.7 88.9 19.7 704.3 18.9 44.4 160.0 56.6
280CDH VFD 60 194.8 1.9 12.3 44.3 5.7 360.8 5.8 22.8 81.9 17.2 649.4 16.5 41.0 147.5 49.2
300CDH VFD 60 207.1 2.0 13.1 47.0 6.0 383.6 6.6 24.2 87.1 19.7 690.5 18.4 43.6 156.8 54.9

Pressure Drop Data

30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
290CDS 60 203.7 1.0 12.9 46.3 3.0 377.2 3.6 23.8 85.7 10.9 679.0 10.2 42.8 154.2 30.4
310CDS 60 216.3 1.2 13.6 49.1 3.5 400.5 3.9 25.3 91.0 11.7 721.0 11.2 45.5 163.7 33.5
314CDH 50 225.5 1.3 14.2 51.2 4.0 417.6 4.2 26.3 94.9 12.5 751.7 12.0 47.4 170.7 35.9 1171.2 26.6 73.9 266.0 79.6
314CDS 50 226.2 1.3 14.3 51.4 4.0 419.0 4.2 26.4 95.2 12.5 754.2 12.0 47.6 171.3 35.9
334CDS 50 242.5 1.6 15.3 55.1 4.7 449.1 5.0 28.3 102.0 14.8 808.4 13.8 51.0 183.6 41.3

Pressure Drop Data

40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
DP DP GPM DP DP DP DP DP DP
GPM l/s m3/h kpa l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h
ft. ft. kpa ft. kpa ft. kpa
330CDH 60 235.7 1.8 14.9 53.5 5.5 436.4 5.2 27.5 99.1 15.6 785.5 14.9 49.6 178.4 44.5
350CDS 60 245.2 2.0 15.5 55.7 5.9 454.1 5.7 28.7 103.1 17.2 817.4 15.9 51.6 185.7 47.6
344CDH 50 249.1 2.0 15.7 56.6 6.0 461.3 5.7 29.1 104.8 17.2 830.4 16.4 52.4 188.6 49.1
350CDH 60 250.6 2.0 15.8 56.9 6.1 464.1 6.0 29.3 105.4 17.9 835.4 16.7 52.7 189.7 49.9
375CDS 60 260.2 2.2 16.4 59.1 6.5 481.9 6.3 30.4 109.4 18.7 867.4 17.7 54.7 197.0 53.0
374CDH 50 270.6 2.3 17.1 61.5 6.9 501.1 6.8 31.6 113.8 20.3 902.0 19.0 56.9 204.9 56.9
1171.2 30.5 73.9 266.0 91.3
390CDH 60 272.7 2.3 17.2 61.9 6.9 504.9 6.8 31.9 114.7 20.3 908.9 19.3 57.3 206.4 57.7
410CDH 60 295.1 2.6 18.6 67.0 7.8 546.4 7.8 34.5 124.1 23.4 983.5 22.2 62.1 223.4 66.3
330CDH VFD 60 234.9 1.8 14.8 53.4 5.4 435.1 5.2 27.4 98.8 15.6 783.1 14.9 49.4 177.9 44.5
350CDH VFD 60 249.9 1.9 15.8 56.8 5.7 462.8 5.8 29.2 105.1 17.2 833.0 16.4 52.6 189.2 49.1
390CDH VFD 60 272.0 2.1 17.2 61.8 6.2 503.7 6.8 31.8 114.4 20.3 906.7 19.3 57.2 205.9 57.7
410CDH VFD 60 294.3 2.3 18.6 66.8 6.7 544.9 7.8 34.4 123.8 23.4 980.9 22.2 61.9 222.8 66.3

Pressure Drop Data

40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Flow Rate (gpm)

Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate 18F Delta
(Unit Unloaded) (Unit 100% Load) Nominal (100% Loaded) Maximum
Model Hz GPM ft. l/s m3/h kpa GPM ft. l/s m3/h kpa GPM ft. l/s m3/h kpa GPM ft. l/s m3/h kpa
374CTS 50 267.0 1.6 16.8 60.6 4.7 494.4 5.2 31.2 112.3 15.4 889.9 14.9 56.1 202.1 44.6
394CTS 50 280.9 1.8 17.7 63.8 5.4 520.1 5.7 32.8 118.1 17.0 936.3 16.3 59.1 212.6 48.6
400CTS 60 286.8 1.9 18.1 65.1 5.6 531.1 6.0 33.5 120.6 17.8 955.9 16.8 60.3 217.1 50.2
404CTH 50 292.0 2.0 18.4 66.3 5.9 540.8 6.2 34.1 122.8 18.6 973.4 17.3 61.4 221.1 51.8
414CTS 50 298.8 2.1 18.9 67.9 6.2 553.3 6.5 34.9 125.7 19.4 996.0 18.2 62.8 226.2 54.3
425CTS 60 301.5 2.1 19.0 68.5 6.4 558.3 6.5 35.2 126.8 19.4 1004.9 18.4 63.4 228.2 55.1
434CTH 50 310.9 2.3 19.6 70.6 6.8 575.8 7.1 36.3 130.8 21.1 1036.4 19.2 65.4 235.4 57.5
1329.7 30.3 83.9 302.0 90.7
434CTS 50 312.8 2.3 19.7 71.1 6.9 579.3 7.1 36.5 131.6 21.1 1042.8 19.5 65.8 236.8 58.3
450CTS 60 317.8 2.4 20.1 72.2 7.2 588.5 7.3 37.1 133.7 21.9 1059.4 20.3 66.8 240.6 60.8
450CTH 60 321.3 2.5 20.3 73.0 7.4 595.1 7.3 37.5 135.2 21.9 1071.1 20.6 67.6 243.3 61.6
454CTH 50 328.6 2.6 20.7 74.6 7.7 608.5 7.6 38.4 138.2 22.7 1095.4 21.4 69.1 248.8 64.0
464CTS 50 333.4 2.7 21.0 75.7 8.0 617.4 7.9 38.9 140.2 23.5 1111.2 21.9 70.1 252.4 65.6
494CTS 50 354.0 3.0 22.3 80.4 9.0 655.5 8.7 41.4 148.9 25.9 1179.9 24.4 74.4 268.0 72.9
450CTH VFD 60 320.5 2.4 20.2 72.8 7.2 593.6 7.3 37.5 134.8 21.9 1068.5 20.6 67.4 242.7 61.6

Pressure Drop Data

30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
GPM l/s m3/h kpa GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h
470CTS 60 330.6 1.2 20.9 75.1 3.6 612.3 3.9 38.6 139.1 11.7 1102.1 11.0 69.5 250.3 32.9
475CTH 60 338.6 1.3 21.4 76.9 3.8 627.1 4.1 39.6 142.4 12.4 1128.7 11.5 71.2 256.4 34.3
484CTH 50 345.7 1.3 21.8 78.5 4.0 640.1 4.1 40.4 145.4 12.4 1152.2 11.7 72.7 261.7 35.0
500CTS 60 351.6 1.4 22.2 79.9 4.1 651.1 4.4 41.1 147.9 13.1 1171.9 12.2 73.9 266.2 36.5
500CTH 60 359.6 1.5 22.7 81.7 4.4 665.9 4.4 42.0 151.2 13.1 1198.6 12.7 75.6 272.2 38.0
504CTH 50 364.2 1.5 23.0 82.7 4.5 674.4 4.7 42.5 153.2 13.9 1213.8 12.9 76.6 275.7 38.7
514CTS 50 371.2 1.6 23.4 84.3 4.7 687.5 4.7 43.4 156.1 13.9 1237.5 13.4 78.1 281.1 40.2
525CTS 60 372.7 1.6 23.5 84.7 4.7 690.3 4.9 43.5 156.8 14.6 1242.5 13.4 78.4 282.2 40.2
530CTH 60 380.4 1.6 24.0 86.4 4.9 704.4 4.9 44.4 160.0 14.6 1267.9 13.9 80.0 288.0 41.6
524CTS 50 381.9 1.7 24.1 86.7 5.0 707.2 4.9 44.6 160.6 14.6 1273.0 13.9 80.3 289.1 41.6
534CTH 50 382.8 1.7 24.1 86.9 5.0 708.8 4.9 44.7 161.0 14.6 1275.9 14.2 80.5 289.8 42.3 1775.7 25.4 112.0 403.3 75.9
544CTS 50 392.6 1.8 24.8 89.2 5.2 727.1 5.1 45.9 165.1 15.3 1308.8 14.7 82.6 297.3 43.8
550CTS 60 394.1 1.8 24.9 89.5 5.3 729.7 5.4 46.0 165.7 16.1 1313.5 14.9 82.9 298.3 44.5
554CTH 50 401.5 1.8 25.3 91.2 5.5 743.4 5.4 46.9 168.9 16.1 1338.2 15.4 84.4 303.9 46.0
554CTS 50 403.3 1.9 25.4 91.6 5.5 746.9 5.6 47.1 169.6 16.8 1344.3 15.4 84.8 305.3 46.0
574CTH 50 413.4 1.9 26.1 93.9 5.8 765.5 5.9 48.3 173.9 17.5 1377.9 16.1 86.9 313.0 48.2
584CTH 50 425.3 2.0 26.8 96.6 6.1 787.7 6.1 49.7 178.9 18.3 1417.8 16.9 89.4 322.0 50.4
604CTH 50 437.3 2.2 27.6 99.3 6.4 809.9 6.4 51.1 183.9 19.0 1457.7 17.8 92.0 331.1 53.3
475CTH VFD 60 336.7 1.2 21.2 76.5 3.6 623.6 3.9 39.3 141.6 11.7 1122.5 11.2 70.8 254.9 33.6
500CTH VFD 60 358.4 1.3 22.6 81.4 3.8 663.7 4.4 41.9 150.8 13.1 1194.7 12.7 75.4 271.4 38.0
530CTH VFD 60 377.6 1.3 23.8 85.8 4.0 699.3 4.9 44.1 158.8 14.6 1258.8 13.9 79.4 285.9 41.6

Pressure Drop Data

50
40
PD 30
(ft)
20
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
194CDP 50 136.8 1.2 8.6 31.1 3.4 253.3 4.6 16.0 57.5 13.8 455.9 12.9 28.8 103.5 38.7
214CDP 50 154.9 1.7 9.8 35.2 5.0 286.8 5.8 18.1 65.1 17.2 516.2 16.1 32.6 117.3 48.2
240CDP 60 167.6 2.0 10.6 38.1 6.1 310.4 6.6 19.6 70.5 19.8 558.7 18.7 35.2 126.9 55.9
834.8 38.3 52.7 189.6 114.4
265CDP 60 184.6 2.5 11.6 41.9 7.5 341.9 8.1 21.6 77.6 24.1 615.4 22.1 38.8 139.8 66.2
240CDP VFD 60 167.6 2.0 10.6 38.1 5.8 310.4 6.6 19.6 70.5 19.8 558.7 18.7 35.2 126.9 55.9
265CDP VFD 60 184.6 2.2 11.6 41.9 6.4 341.9 8.1 21.6 77.6 24.1 615.4 22.1 38.8 139.8 66.2

Pressure Drop Data

50
40
PD30
(ft)
20
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Flow Rate (gpm)

Model Hz
244CDP 50 173.8 1.4 11.0 39.5 4.0 321.8 5.1 20.3 73.1 15.3 579.3 14.5 36.5 131.6 43.2
264CDP 50 190.8 1.8 12.0 43.3 5.4 353.4 6.0 22.3 80.3 18.0 636.1 16.9 40.1 144.5 50.4
290CDP 60 199.8 2.0 12.6 45.4 6.1 370.0 6.6 23.3 84.0 19.8 666.0 18.4 42.0 151.3 54.9
284CDP 50 206.7 2.2 13.0 46.9 6.6 382.7 6.9 24.1 86.9 20.7 688.8 19.6 43.5 156.5 58.5
1042.6 40.6 65.8 236.8 121.5
310CDP 60 218.8 2.5 13.8 49.7 7.5 405.2 7.8 25.6 92.0 23.4 729.4 21.7 46.0 165.7 64.8
314CDP 50 226.7 2.7 14.3 51.5 8.2 419.9 8.1 26.5 95.4 24.3 755.8 22.9 47.7 171.7 68.4
290CDP VFD 60 199.8 2.0 12.6 45.4 6.1 370.0 6.6 23.3 84.0 19.8 666.0 18.4 42.0 151.3 54.9
310CDP VFD 60 218.8 2.2 13.8 49.7 6.7 405.2 7.8 25.6 92.0 23.4 729.4 21.7 46.0 165.7 64.8

Pressure Drop Data

40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Flow Rate (gpm)

GPM l/s m3/h kpa GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h GPM l/s m3/h
330CDP 60 233.9 0.9 14.8 53.1 2.8 433.2 3.1 27.3 98.4 9.4 779.8 9.2 49.2 177.1 27.4
344CDP 50 245.3 1.1 15.5 55.7 3.2 454.2 3.4 28.7 103.2 10.1 817.6 9.9 51.6 185.7 29.5
365CDP 60 255.6 1.2 16.1 58.1 3.5 473.3 3.8 29.9 107.5 11.5 852.0 10.6 53.8 193.5 31.7
374CDP 50 266.5 1.3 16.8 60.5 3.8 493.4 4.1 31.1 112.1 12.2 888.2 11.3 56.0 201.7 33.8
400CDP 60 277.5 1.4 17.5 63.0 4.1 513.9 4.3 32.4 116.7 13.0 925.0 12.3 58.4 210.1 36.7
404CDP 50 287.7 1.5 18.2 65.3 4.5 532.8 4.6 33.6 121.0 13.7 959.1 13.0 60.5 217.8 38.9 1585.0 31.8 100.0 360.0 95.0
424CDP 50 301.7 1.6 19.0 68.5 4.9 558.7 5.1 35.2 126.9 15.1 1005.6 14.2 63.4 228.4 42.5
434CDP 50 315.7 1.8 19.9 71.7 5.3 584.5 5.6 36.9 132.8 16.6 1052.2 15.4 66.4 239.0 46.1
330CDP VFD 60 233.9 0.9 14.8 53.1 2.7 433.2 3.1 27.3 98.4 9.4 779.8 9.2 49.2 177.1 27.4
365CDP VFD 60 255.6 1.0 16.1 58.1 2.9 473.3 3.8 29.9 107.5 11.5 852.0 10.6 53.8 193.5 31.7
400CDP VFD 60 277.5 1.1 17.5 63.0 3.2 513.9 4.3 32.4 116.7 13.0 925.0 12.3 58.4 210.1 36.7

Controller Operation
Software Version: • Warning and fault diagnostics to inform operators of

The unit software and BSP (Board Support Package) versions warning and fault conditions in plain language. All events
can be viewed using the keypad/display. From the Main Menu, and alarms are time and date-stamped for identification of
turn the knob to the right until you reach the About Chiller menu when the fault condition occurred.
and press Enter (the knob). The software version is displayed • Twenty-five previous alarms are available.
as “App Version =”. Scroll down in this menu (turn knob to the
• Remote input signals for chilled water reset, demand
right), the BSP version will also be displayed (“BSP Version=”).
limiting, and unit enable.
This manual covers software revisions up to App Version • Test mode allows the service technician to manually
263214202. It must be used with firmware version 9.XX.. control the controllers’ outputs and can be useful for
system checkout.
WARNING
• Building Automation System (BAS) communication
Electric shock hazard: can cause personal injury or
capability via LonTalk®, Modbus®, or BACnet® standard
equipment damage. This equipment must be properly
protocols for all BAS manufacturers-simplified with the
grounded. Connections to, and service of, the MicroTech® III
Daikin Open Choices™ feature.
control panel must be performed only by personnel who are
knowledgeable in the operation of this equipment . • Pressure transducers for direct reading of system
pressures. Preemptive control of low evaporator
pressure conditions and high discharge temperature and
CAUTION pressure to take corrective action prior to a fault trip.
Static sensitive components. A static discharge while handling
electronic circuit boards can cause damage to the components.
Discharge any static electrical charge by touching the bare
General Description
metal inside the control panel before performing any service The MicroTech® III control system consists of a controller and
work. Never unplug any cables, circuit board terminal blocks, a number of extension modules, which vary depending on the
or power plugs while power is applied to the panel. unit size and conformation. The control system provides the
monitoring and functions required for the controlled, efficient
operation of the chiller.
NOTICE
The control panel is located on the front of the unit at the
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio compressor end. There are three doors. The control panel is
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance behind to left-hand door. The power panels are behind the
with this instruction manual, can cause interference to radio middle and right-hand doors.
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential
area can cause harmful interference, in which case the user The operator can monitor all critical operating conditions by
will be required to correct the interference at the user’s own using the screen located on the main controller. In addition
expense. Daikin disclaims any liability resulting from any to providing all normal operating controls, the MicroTech®
interference or for the correction thereof. III control system will take corrective action if the chiller is
operating outside of its normal design conditions. If a fault
condition develops, the controller will shut a compressor, or the
Controller Features entire unit, down and activate an alarm output.
The system is password protected and only allows access by
• Readout of the following temperature and pressure
authorized personnel. Except that some basic information is
readings:
viewable and alarms can be cleared without a password. No
—— Entering and leaving chilled water temperature settings can be changed.
—— Saturated evaporator refrigerant temperature and
Additional information about the Daikin Pathfinder® Chiller is
pressure
available in the current product catalog, which can be found on
—— Saturated condenser temperature and pressure www.DaikinApplied.com.
—— Outside air temperature NOTE: The Emergency Switch Relay de-energizes all
—— Suction and discharge line temperatures with circuit’s control power when activated, causing an
calculated superheat for discharge and suction lines immediate compressor and fan shutdown. The red
—— Oil pressure emergency button switch is located on the front of the
control panel door.
• Automatic control of primary and standby chilled water
pumps. The control will start one of the pumps (based The control power transformer is located in the power
panel adjacent to the control panel.
on lowest run-hours) when the unit is enabled to run (not
necessarily running on a call for cooling) and when the Additional extension (aka expansion) modules are
water temperature reaches a point of freeze possibility. located elsewhere on the chiller.
• Two levels of security protection against unauthorized See the VFD section for a description of the panel
changing of set points and other control parameters. used with the VFD option.

Figure 70: Control Panel Components, Three-Circuit Unit, w/o VFD
Controller Alarm & Limit

Fuse Extension
Module
Emergency
Switch
Relay
MicroTech III
Main
Control Controller
Circuit
Breaker Optional
115V
Unit On/Off Outlet
Switch
Cir #1 & #2
Circuit #1 Fan Control
Pumpdown Extension
Switch Module
Circuit #2
Pumpdown
Switch
NOTES:
1. The Emergency Switch Relay de-energizes circuit #1 and #2 control power when activated,
causing an immediate compressor and fan shut down. When ordered, the optional red emergency
button switch is located on the bottom front of the control panel door.
2. The control power transformer is located in the power panel adjacent to the control panel.
3. Additional extension (aka extension) modules are located elsewhere on the chiller.

Power Panel Layout
Power
ThePanel Layout
power panel is at the front of the unit, behind the two doors to the right.
The power panel is at the front of the unit, behind the two doors to the right.
Figure 2, Power Panel, Left Side
Figure 71: Power Panel, Figure 2, Power
Two-Circuit Panel, Left Side
Fan Contactors, 1Units without
per Fan VFD, Left Side Cir# 1, Fan Circuit Breaker
Circuit #1
Fan Contactors, 1 per Fan Cir# 1, Fan Circuit Breaker
Circuit #1
Phase/Voltage
Monitor
Phase/Voltage
Monitor
Fan Contactors
1 per Fan, Circuit #2
Fan Contactors
1 per Fan, Circuit #2
120/24V
Transformer
120/24V
Transformer
Line/120V
Transformer
Line/120V
Transformer
Figure 72: Power Panel, Two-Circuit Units without VFD, Right Side
Figure 3, Power Panel, Right Side
Figure 3, Power Panel, Right Side Single Point Disconnect Switch
Single Point Disconnect Switch
Compressor #2
Compressor #1 Circuit Breaker
Circuit Breaker Compressor #2
Compressor #1 Circuit Breaker
Circuit Breaker
OM 998 7
OM 998 7

Hardware Structure
The MicroTech® III control system for Pathfinder® chillers An optional Remote Operator Interface panel may be included,
consists of a main unit controller with a number of extension connected with up to nine Pathfinder® units.
input/output (I/O) modules attached depending on the chiller The MicroTech® III controllers used on Pathfinder® chillers are
size and configuration. not interchangeable with previous MicroTech® II controllers.
One of the optional BAS communication modules will be
included if ordered.
Figure 73: Main Unit Controller with Optional Control Options

System Architecture
The overall controls architecture uses the following:
• One MicroTech® III unit controller
• I/O extension modules (sometimes referred to as “controllers”) as needed depending on the configuration of the unit
• Up to three BAS interface modules as needed based on installed options
Figure 74: System Architecture
BAS Interface BAS Interface BAS Interface

(Bacnet, Lon, (Bacnet, Lon, (Bacnet, Lon, MicroTech® III Main Controller
Modbus) Modbus) Modbus)
Peripheral Bus
I/O Extension
I/O Extension I/O Extension I/O Extension
Fans Circuit 1 & 2
Alarm/Limiting Fans Circuit 3a Fans Circuit 3b
I/O Extension I/O Extension I/O Extension I/O Extension

RapidRestore® Compressor 1 EXV 1 Compressor 2
I/O Extension I/O Extension I/O Extension

EXV 2 Compressor 3 EXV 3

MicroTech® III Inputs/Outputs Expansion I/O Compressor #1 to #3

I/O for the unit control and for circuits one and two are found
on CP1. The chiller may be equipped with two or three Table 42: Analog Inputs
compressors. # Description Signal Source Expected Range
X1 Discharge NTC Thermister -50°C – 125°C
Table 38: Analog Inputs - Evaporator Temperature (10K@25°C)
# Description Signal Source Expected X2 Evaporator Ratiometric 0.5-4.5 -100 kPa to 700 kPa
Range Pressure Vdc
AI1 Evap Entering NTC Thermister -50°C – 120°C X3 Oil Pressure Ratiometric 0.5-4.5 0 kPa to 3000 kPa
Water Temp (10K@25°C) Vdc
AI2 Evap Leaving NTC Thermister -50°C – 120°C X4 Condenser Ratiometric 0.5-4.5 0 kPa to 3000 kPa
Water Temp (10K@25°C) Pressure Vdc
X2 Outside Ambient NTC Thermister -50°C – 120°C

Temperature (10K@25°C) Table 43: Digital Inputs
X4 LWT Reset 4-20 mA Current 1 to 23 mA
# Description Signal Off Signal On
X6 Starter Fault Fault No fault
Table 39: Analog Outputs - Fan VFD
X7 Motor Protection Fault No fault
# Description Output Signal Range DI1 High Pressure Switch Fault No fault
X5 Fan VFD #1 0-10VDC 0 to 100% (1000
steps resolution)
Table 44: Digital Outputs
X6 Fan VFD #2 0-10VDC 0 to 100% (1000
steps resolution) # Description Output Off Output On
X7 Fan VFD #3 0-10VDC 0 to 100% (1000 DO1 Start Compressor Compressor Off Compressor
steps resolution) On
DO2 Economizer Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
Table 40: Digital Inputs
DO3 Non-modulating Slide Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
# Description Signal Off Signal On Load
DI1 Unit PVM Fault No Fault DO4 Non-modulating Slide Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
Unload
DI2 Evaporator Flow Switch No Flow Flow
DO5 Modulating Slide Load Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
DI3 Double Set Point/ Mode Cool mode Ice mode
Switch DO6 Modulating Slide Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
Unload
DI4 Remote Switch Unit disable Unit enable
X5 Modulating Slide Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
DI5 Unit Switch Unit disable Unit enable ‘Turbo’
DI6 Emergency Stop Unit off Unit enable X8 Liquid Injection Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open
# Description Output OFF Output ON I/O EXV Circuit #1 to #3

DO1 Evaporator Water Pump Pump Off Pump On
Table 45: Analog Inputs
DO2 Unit Alarm Alarm not Alarm Active
Active
# Description Signal Source Expected Range
DO3 Circuit #1 Fan Output #1 Fan Off Fan On
X2 Suction NTC Thermister -50°C – 120°C
DO4 Circuit #1 Fan Output #2 Fan Off Fan On Temperature 10K@25°C)
DO5 Circuit #1 Fan Output #3 Fan Off Fan On X3 Slide Position LVDT 4 to 20 mA 0% to 100%
DO7 Circuit #2 Fan Output #1 Fan Off Fan On Table 46: Digital Inputs
DO8 Circuit #2 Fan Output #2 Fan Off Fan On # Description Signal Off Signal On
DO9 Circuit #2 Fan Output #3 Fan Off Fan On DI1 Low Pressure switch Fault No fault
# Description Output Off Output On

DO1 Liquid Line Solenoid Closed Solenoid Open

Table 48: Stepper Motor Output Extension I/O Unit Alarm & Limiting
# Description Module
M1+ This module includes inputs and outputs used for the entire
EXV Stepper Coil 1
M1- unit and all circuits.
M2+
EXV Stepper Coil 2 Table 54: Analog Inputs
M2-
# Description Signal Source Range
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #1 & 2 X3 Demand Limit 4-20 mA 1 to 23 mA
X4 Unit Current 4-20 mA 1 to 23 mA
Table 49: Digital Inputs
# Description Output Off Output On Table 55: Digital Inputs

DI1 PVM/GFP Circuit #1 Fault No fault # Description Signal Off Signal On
DI2 PVM/GFP Circuit #2 Fault No fault X1 External Alarm/ External Device External Device
Event Failure OK
Table 50: Digital Outputs X2 Current Limit No Limiting Limiting
Enable
# Description Output Off Output On X5 Circuit Switch #1 Circuit Off Circuit On
DO1 Circuit #1 Fan Step #5 Fan Off Fan On X6 Circuit Switch #2 Circuit Off Circuit On
DO2 Circuit #1 Fan Step #6 Fan Off Fan On X7 Circuit Switch #3 Circuit Off Circuit On
DO3 Circuit #2 Fan Step #5 Fan Off Fan On
DO4 Circuit #2 Fan Step #6 Fan Off Fan On Table 56: Digital Outputs
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #3a # Description Output Off Output On
DO1 Evaporator Water Pump #2 Pump Off Pump On
Table 51: Digital Inputs DO3 Circuit #1 Alarm No Alarm Alarm
DO4 Circuit #2 Alarm No Alarm Alarm
DO5 Circuit #3 Alarm No Alarm Alarm
DI1 PVM/GFP Circuit #3 Fault No fault
Extension I/O RapidRestore® Module

# Description Output Off Output On Table 57: Digital Inputs

DO1 Circuit #3 Fan Step #1 Fan Off Fan On # Description Signal Off Signal On
DO2 Circuit #3 Fan Step #2 Fan Off Fan On DI1 RapidRestore Lock Out Option Unlock Option
DO3 Circuit #3 Fan Step #3 Fan Off Fan On Unlock
DO4 Circuit #3 Fan Step #4 Fan Off Fan On DI2 Backup Chiller Normal Chiller Backup Chiller
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #3b



Set Points
The following parameters are remembered during power off (permanent memory), are factory set to the Default value, and can be
adjusted to any value in the Range column. Read and write access to these set point is determined by the Global HMI (Human
Machine Interface) Standard Specification.
Unit Level Set Points

All of these settings require the unit switch to be off in order to make a change and require rebooting the controller in orer to apply
a change. The set point Slide Position Sensors will not be visible when Starter Type is set to VFD. The set point Input Voltage will
not be visible unless starter Type is set to VFD.
Table 58: Set Point Default and Range
Description Default Range

Basic Unit Configuration
Starter Type Wye-Delta Wye-Delta, Benshaw-Schneider (Solid State), VFD
Input Voltage Not Set Not Set, 230, 380, 400, 460, 575
Power Connection Configuration Single Point Single Point, Multi Point
Liquid Line Solenoid Valves No No, Yes
PVM/GFP Enable Yes No, Yes
Condenser Fan VFD Enable Disable, Enable
Slide Position Sensors Yes No, Yes
Unit Mode and Enabling
Unit Enable Enable Disable, Enable
Unit Enable Initial Value Enable Disable, Enable
Control source Local Local, Network
Available Modes Cool Cool, Cool w/Glycol, Cool/Ice w/Glycol, Ice, Test
Staging and Capacity Control
Cool LWT 1 7.0°C (44.6°F) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Cool LWT 2 7.0°C (44.6°F) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Ice LWT -4.0°C (24.8°F) -8.0°C to 4.0°C (17.6°F to 39.2°F)
Startup Delta T 2.7 °C (4.9 °F) 0 to 5.0 °C (0 to 9.0 °F)
Shut Down Delta T 0.7 °C (1.3 °F) 0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Up Delta T 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) 0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Down Delta T 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) 0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Down Delay 5 min 0 to 60 min
Stage Down Clear 3 min 3 to 30 min
Max Pulldown Rate 1.7 deg C/min (3.1 deg F/min) 0.3 to 2.7 deg C/min (0.5 to 4.9 deg F/min)
Full Capacity Evap Delta T 2 Cir 5.6 deg C (10.1 deg F) 3.3 to 8.9 deg C (5.9 to 16.0 deg F)
Full Capacity Evap Delta T 3 Cir 5.6 deg C (10.1 deg F) 3.3 to 10 deg C (5.9 to 18.0 deg F)
Variable Evap Flow No No, Yes
Light Load Stage Down 40% 20 to 50%
High Load Stage Up 80% 50 to 100%
Max Number of Circuits Running 3 1-3
Sequence Number Circuit 1-3 1 1-3
Ice Time Delay 12 1-23 hours
Clear Ice Delay No No, Yes
RapidRestore Disable Disable, Enable
RapidRestore Max Power Off Time 15 Seconds 15 to 180 seconds

Table 59: Set Point Default and Range (continued)

Evaporator Pump Control
Evap Pump Control Configuration #1 Only #1 Only, #2 Only, Auto, #1 Primary, #2 Primary
Evap Recirc Timer 90 sec 0 to 300 seconds
Evap Pump 1 Run Hours 0 0 to 999999 hours
Evap Pump 2 Run Hours 0 0 to 999999 hours
Power Conservation and Limits
LWT Reset Type None None, 4-20mA, OAT
Max Reset 5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F) 0 to 10.0 deg C (0 to 18.0 deg F)
Start Reset Delta T 5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F) 0 to 10.0 deg C (0 to 18.0 deg F)
Max Reset OAT 15.5°C (59.9°F) 10.0°C to 29.4°C (50°F to 85.0 °F)
Start Reset OAT 23.8°C (74.8°F) 10.0°C to 29.4°C (50°F to 85.0 °F)
Soft Load Enable Off Off, On
Soft Load Start Capacity 40% 20-100%
Soft Load Ramp 20 min 1-60 minutes
Demand Limit Enable Off Off, On
Current @ 20mA 800 A 0 to 2000 A
Current Limit Set point 800 A 0 to 2000 A
Amp Rating Reduced Reduced, Standard
Quiet Mode Configuration
Quiet Mode Disabled Disabled, Enabled
Quiet Mode Start Hour 21:00 18:00 – 23:00
Quiet Mode Start Minute 0:00 0:00 – 0:59
Quiet Mode End Hour 6:00 5:00 – 9:00
Quiet Mode End Minute 0:00 0:00 – 0:59
Quiet Mode Condenser Offset 5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F) 0 to 14.0 deg C (0 to 25.2 deg F)
Unit Sensor Offsets
Evap LWT Sensor Offset 0 deg C (0 deg F) -5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
Evap EWT Sensor Offset 0 deg C (0 deg F) -5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
OAT Sensor Offset 0 deg C (0 deg F) -5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
Circuit Configuration - Applied to All Circuits
Pumpdown Pressure 100 kPa (14.5 psi) 70 to 280 kPa (10.2 to 40.6 psi)
Pumpdown Time Limit 120 sec 0 to 180 sec
Liquid Injection Activation 85.0°C (185.0°F) 80.0°C to 100.0°C (176.0°C to 212.0°F)
Start-Start Time Delay 20 min 15-60 minutes
Stop-Start Time Delay 5 min 3-20 minutes
Compressor VFD Max Frequency - without 52 Hz 40 to 52 Hz
economizer
Compressor VFD Max Frequency - with 60 Hz 40 to 60 Hz
economizer
Compressor VFD Modbus Baud Rate 19200 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400
Compressor VFD Modbus Parity None Even, Odd, None
Compressor VFD Modbus Two Stop Bits No No, Yes
Compressor Starter Modbus Baud Rate 19200 4800, 9600, 19200
Compressor Starter Modbus Parity Even Even, Odd, None
Compressor Starter Modbus Two Stop Bits No No, Yes

Table 60: Set Point Default and Range (continued)

Alarm and Limit Settings - Unit
Evap. Water Freeze 2.2°C (36.0°F) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Evaporator Flow Proof 15 sec 5 to 15 sec
Recirculate Timeout 3 min 1 to 10 min
External Fault Configuration Event Event, Alarm
Low OAT Lockout 12.0°C (53.6°F) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Low OAT Lockout BAS Alert Off Off, On
Alarm and Limit Settings - Circuits
Low Pressure-Unload 160 kPa (23.2 psi) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Low Pressure-Hold 180 kPa (26.1 psi) See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
High Oil Press Differential Delay 30 sec 10-180 sec
High Oil Press Differential 250 kPa (36.3 psi) 0 to 415 kPa (0 to 60.2 psi)
High Discharge Temperature 110.0°C (230.0°F) 65.0 to 110.0 °C (149.0 to 230.0°F)
Low discharge superheat 12°C (21.6°F) 10.0-15.0°C (18-27°F)
High Cond Pressure Delay 5 sec 0 to 30 sec
Low Pressure Ratio Delay 90 sec 0 to 180 sec
Start Time Limit 60 sec 20 to 180 sec
Low DSH Limit 12.0°C (53.6°F) 10°C to 15.0°C (50°F to 59.0°F)
Dynamic Set Point Ranges

The following settings have different ranges of adjustment
based on other settings.
Table 61: Cool LWT 1 and Cool LWT2 Set Point Ranges
Available Mode Selection Unit Vintage/Amp Rating Range
Without Glycol C vintage/reduced amp rating 4 to 15.56°C (39.2 to 60°F)
With Glycol C vintage/reduced amp rating -4 to 15.56°C (24.8 to 60°F)
Without Glycol C vintage/standard amp rating 4 to 21.12°C (39.2 to 70°F)
With Glycol C vintage/standard amp rating -4 to 15.56°C (24.8 to 70°F)
Table 62: Evaporator Water Freeze

Available Mode Selection Range
Without Glycol 1.1 to 6°C (34 to 42.8°F)
With Glycol -18 to 6°C (-0.4 to 42.8°F)
Table 63: Low Ambient Lockout

Fan VFD Range
= no for all circuits 2 to 15°C (35.6 to 59°F)
= yes on any circuit -23 to 15°C (-9.4 to 59°F)
Table 64: Low Evaporator Pressure

Available Mode Selection Range
Hold - Without Glycol 170 to 310 kPa (24.7 to 45 PSI)
Hold - With Glycol 0 to 310 kPA (0 to 45 PSI)
Unhold - Without Glycol 150 to 310 kPa (21.8 to 45 PSI)
Unhold - With Glycol 0 to 310 kPA (0 to 45 PSI)

Table 65: Design Conditions

Design Evaporator EWT 0°C (32°F) -64°C to 64°C (-83.2°F to 147.2°F)
Design Evaporator LWT 0°C (32°F) -64°C to 64°C (-83.2°F to 147.2°F)
Design Evaporator Water Flow 0 lph 0 to 600000 lph
Design Evaporator Approach Circuit 1/2/3 0°C (32°F) -64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Ambient Temperature 0°C (32°F) -64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Condenser Approach Circuit 1 0°C (32°F) -64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Full Load Efficiency 0% 0 to 100%
Design IPLV 0 -64 to 64
Design Rated Capacity 0 tons 0 to 10000 tons
Table 66: Administration and Service Support

Unit G.O. Number “Enter Data” Alphanumeric string of up to 16 characters
Unit Serial Number “Enter Data” Alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters
Next Maintenance Month January January through December
Next Maintenance Year 2009 2009 - 2100
Service Support Reference 999-999-9999 Any 10 digit phone number
Controller Time From Controller 00:00:00 to 23:59:59
Timeclock
Controller Date From Controller 1/1/2000 to 12/31/2050
Timeclock
UTC Difference -60 minutes -3276 to 32767 minutes
Daylight Savings Time Enable Yes No, Yes
Daylight Savings Time Start Month March January through December
Daylight Savings Time Start Week 2nd Week 1st through 5th Week
Daylight Savings Time End Month November January through December
Daylight Savings Time End Week 1st Week 1st through 5th Week
Operator Password Disable Off Off, On
Apply Changes No No, Yes
Active Alarm Clear Off Off, On
Alarm Log Clear No No, Yes
Power Restore Event Log - Day Selection Current Current, 2nd Day, 3rd Day, 4th Day, 5th Day, 6th Day, 7th Day
Display Units English English, Metric
Table 67: Unit Test Mode Set Points

Test Unit Alarm Output Off Off, On
Test Circuit 1 Alarm Output Off Off, On
Test Evaporator Pump Output 1 Off Off, On
Test Evaporator Pump Output 2 Off Off, On
NOTE: Unit test mode set points can be changed only when the unit mode is Test. When the unit mode is no longer Test, all unit
test mode set points will be changed back to the ‘off’ values.

Table 68: Commincation Configuration

Controller IP DHCP On Off, On
Controller IP Network Address 192.168.001.042 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Controller IP Network Mask 255.255.255.000 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Controller IP Network Gateway 192.168.001.001 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Lon Module Maximum Send Time 0 seconds 0 to 6553.4 seconds
Lon Module Minimum Send Time 0 seconds 0 to 6553.4 seconds
Lon Module Receive Heartbeat 0 seconds 0 to 6553.4 seconds
BACnet Module Name Alphanumeric string up to 15 characters long
BACnet Module Dev Instance 0 0 to 4194302
BACnet Module Unit Support English Metric, English
BACnet Module NC Dev 1 0 0 to 42949672
BACnet Module NC Dev 2 0 0 to 42949672
BACnet Module Reset Out of Service Done Done, False, True
BACnet IP Module UDP Port 0 0 to 65535
BACnet IP Module DHCP Off Off, On
BACnet IP Module Network Address 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet IP Module Network Mask 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet IP Module Network Gateway 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet MSTP Module Address 0 0 to 127
BACnet MSTP Module Baud Rate 38400 9600, 19200, 38400, 76800
BACnet MSTP Module Max Master 0 0 to 127
BACnet MSTP Module Max Info Frm 0 0 to 255
Modbus Module Address 1 1 to 247
Modbus Module Baud Rate 19200 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400
Modbus Module Parity Even Even, Odd, None
Modbus Module Two Stop Bits No No, Yes
Modbus Module Response Delay 0 milliseconds 0 to 30000 milliseconds
Modbus Module Comm LED Time Out 0 seconds 0 to 3600 seconds
AWM DHCP Off Off, On
AWM Network Address 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
AWM Network Mask 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
AWM Network Gateway 000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
Table 69: BAS Control Inputs

Network Unit Enable Disable Disable, Enable
Network Mode Command Cool Cool, Ice
Network Cool Set Point 7°C (44.6°F) See Dymanic Set Point (Table 61)
Network Ice Set Point -4°C (24.8°F) -8 to 4 °C (17.6 to 39.2 °F)
Network Capacity Limit 100% 0% to 100%
Network Quite Mode Command Auto Auto, Quiet Mode On
Network Alarm ClearCommand Normal Normal, ClearAlarm

Circuit Level Set Points

The settings in this section all exist for each individual circuit.
Table 70: Set Points for Individual Circuits
Mode, Enabling, Configuration
Circuit mode Enable Disable, enable, test
Capacity Control Auto Auto, Manual
Manual Capacity See Note 1 0 to 100%
Economizer Enable Capacity (2) 40% 40 to 75%
Condenser Control
Saturated Condenser Temp Target Min 32.0°C (89.6°F) 20.0°C to 50.0°C (68.0°F to 122.0°F)
Saturated Condenser Temp Target Max 43.0°C (109.4°F) 32.0°C to 50.0°C (89.6°F to 122.0°F)
Fan Stage 0 On Deadband See Fan Staging VFD Set Points 1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 5 to 12 On Deadband See Fan Staging VFD Set Points 1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 1 Off Deadband See Fan Staging VFD Set Points 1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 6 to 12 Off Deadband See Fan Staging VFD Set Points 1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan VFD Max Speed (3) 100% 90 to 110%
Fan VFD Min Speed (3) 25% 20 to 60%
Sensor Offsets
Evap pressure Sensor offset 0 kPa (0 psi) -100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Cond pressure Sensor offset 0 kPa (0 psi) -100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Oil pressure Sensor Offset 0 kPa (0 psi) -100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Suction temp Sensor Offset 0 °C (0 °F) -5.0 to 5.0 °C (-9.0 to 9.0 °F)
Discharge temp offset 0 °C (0 °F) -5.0 to 5.0 °C (-9.0 to 9.0 °F)
Slide position sensor mA @ minimum 4 mA 0 to 22 mA
Slide position sensor mA @ maximum 20 mA 0 to 22 mA
Administrative and Service Support
Clear Cycle Timers No No, Yes
Service Pumpdown No No, Yes
Compressor Run Hours 0 0 to 999999 hours
Compressor Starts 0 0 to 65535
Starter Model Number “Enter Data” Alphanumeric string of up to 19 characters
Starter Serial Number “Enter Data” Alphanumeric string of up to 19 characters
Event Log - Event Selection Low Pressure Hold Low Pressure Hold, Low Pressure Unload, High Pressure
Hold, High Pressure Unload, High Motor Amps Hold, High
Motor Amps Unload, Part Load Shutdown
Event Log - Day Selection Current Current, 2nd Day, 3rd Day, 4th Day, 5th Day, 6th Day, 7th Day
NOTE: 1. The manual capacity setting value will follow the target capacity while Capacity Control = Auto.
2. Economizer Enable Capacity will only be visible when unit is configured with compressor VFDs.
3. VFD minimum and maximum speed will only be visible if the unit is configured with condenser fan VFDs.

Circuit Test Mode Set Points

Circuit test mode set points can be changed when either the unit mode is Test, or the circuit mode is Test. When neither the unit nor
the circuit are in Test mode, all the circuit test mode set points for the circuit are automatically changed back to their ‘off’ values.

Test Compressor Load Solenoid 1 Output Off Off, On
Test Compressor Load Solenoid 2 Output Off Off, On
Test Compressor Unload Solenoid 1 Output Off Off, On
Test Compressor Unload Solenoid 2 Output Off Off, On
Test Compressor Slide Assist Output Off Off, On
Test Liquid Line Solenoid Output Off Off, On
Test Liquid Injection Solenoid Output Off Off, On
Test Economizer Solenoid Output Off Off, On
Test EXV Position 0% 0 to 100%
Test Condenser Fan Output 1 Off Off, On
Test Condenser Fan VFD Speed 0% 0 to 100%
Note the following regarding visibility of some of the above set points:
• Test set points for the compressor load and unload outputs will only be visible if unit is configured without compressor VFD’s.
• Test set point for the Liquid Line output will only be visible if unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves.
• Test set point for the economizer output will only be visible if unit is configured with economizers.
• Test set point for condenser fan VFD speed will only be visible if unit is configured with fan VFD’s.
• Test set points for condenser fan outputs will be visible only if needed for the unit configuration.
Dynamic Default Values

The fan staging dead bands have different default values based on the VFD enable set point. When the VFD enable set point is
changed, a set of default values for the fan staging dead bands is loaded as follows:
Table 71: Fan Staging VFD Set Points
Fan VFD is Enabled Fan VFD is Disabled

Set point Default loaded (°F) Set point Default loaded (°F)
Stage 0 Up Deadband 2.5 °C (4.5 °F) Stage 0 Up Deadband 4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Stage 3 Up Deadband 5.0 °C (9.0 °F) Stage 3 Up Deadband 6 °C (10.8 °F)
Stage 2 Down Deadband 4.0 °C (7.2 °F) Stage 2 Down Deadband 10 °C (18 °F)
Stage 3 Down Deadband 3.5 °C (6.3 °F) Stage 3 Down Deadband 8 °C (14.4 °F)
Stage 4 Down Deadband 3.0 °C (5.4 °F) Stage 4 Down Deadband 5.5 °C (9.9 °F)

Sequence of Operation
Figure 75: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode
Unit power up
Unit in Off state

The chiller may be disabled via the unit switch, the remote switch, the keypad
enable setting, or the BAS network. In addition, the chiller will be disabled if all
No circuits are disabled, or if there is a unit alarm. If the chiller is disabled, the unit
status display will reflect this and also show why it is disabled.
Is unit enabled? If the unit switch is off, the unit status will be Off:Unit Switch. If the chiller is
Yes disabled due to network command, the unit status will be Off:BAS Disable. When
the remote switch is open, the unit status will be Off:Remote Switch. When a unit
alarm is active, the unit status will be Off:Unit Alarm. In cases where no circuits
Yes are enabled, the unit status will be Off:All Cir Disabled. If the unit is disabled via
the Chiller Enable set point, the unit status will be Off:Keypad Disable.
Low ambient lockout will prevent the chiller from starting even if it is otherwise
Is low ambient lockout
enabled. When this lockout is disabling the chiller, the unit status will be Off:Low
active?
OAT Lock.
No
If the chiller is enabled, then the unit will be in the Auto state and the evaporator
Evaporator pump output on
water pump output will be activated.
No
The chiller will then wait for the flow switch to close, during which time the unit
Is flow present? status will be Auto:Wait for flow.
Yes
After establishing flow, the chiller will wait some time to allow the chilled water
Wait for chilled water loop to
recirculate loop to recirculate for an accurate reading of the leaving water temperature.
The unit status during this time is Auto:Evap Recirc.

Figure 70: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode (continued)
Keep pump output on while

chiller is enabled and either
running or ready to run.
No
The chiller is now ready to start if enough load is present. If the LWT is not higher
than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit status will be Auto:Wait
for load.
Is there enough load to
start chiller?
If the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit
status will be Auto. A circuit can start at this time.
Yes
The first circuit to start is generally the available circuit with the least number of
Start first circuit.
starts. This circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point.
Load/unload as needed to The first circuit will be loaded and unloaded as needed in an attempt to satisfy the
satisfy load. load by controlling LWT to the Active Setpoint.
No
If a single circuit is not enough to satisfy the load, additional circuits will need to be
started. An additional circuit will be started when all running compressors are
Additional circuit
needed to satisfy load? loaded to a specific capacity and the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus
No the Stage Up Delta T.
Yes
Has the stage up time

delay expired?
A minimum time must pass between the starting of circuits.
Yes
The second circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point.
Start next circuit. Note that a third circuit can be started if available. The two preceding conditions
must again be satisfied after starting the second circuit before starting the third
circuit.

Figure 70: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode (continued)
All running circuits will now be loaded/unloaded as needed to satisfy the load.
Load/unload as needed to When possible, they will load balance so that running circuits are providing nearly
satisfy load. equal capacity.
No
As the load drops off, the circuits will unload accordingly. If the LWT drops below
Can less circuits handle the Active Setpoint minus the Stage Down Delta T, one circuit will shut off. If all
the load? running circuits are unloaded below a minimum value, this can also result in one
No circuit shutting off.
Yes
Has the stage down

A minimum time must pass between the shutting down of circuits.
time delay expired?
Yes
Shut down one circuit. The next circuit to shut off is generally the one with the most run hours.
Load/unload as needed to
The remaining running circuit(s) will be loaded/unloaded as needed to satisfy the
satisfy load. load.
No
When only one circuit is running, the load may drop off to the point where even
Is load satisfied? minimum unit capacity is too much. The load has been satisfied when the LWT
drops below the Active Setpoint minus the Shutdown Delta T. At this time the only
running circuit can shut down.
Yes
Shut down last circuit. The last circuit running now shuts down.
When last circuit has completed pumpdown, the unit will go back to waiting for
All circuits off.
enough load to start.

Figure 76: Unit Sequence of Operation - Ice Mode
Unit power up
Unit in Off state

The chiller may be disabled via the unit switch, the remote switch, the keypad
enable setting, or the BAS network. In addition, the chiller will be disabled if all
No circuits are disabled, or if there is a unit alarm. If the chiller is disabled, the unit
status display will reflect this and also show why it is disabled.
Is unit enabled? If the unit switch is off, the unit status will be Off:Unit Switch. If the chiller is
Yes disabled due to network command, the unit status will be Off:BAS Disable. When
the remote switch is open, the unit status will be Off:Remote Switch. When a unit
alarm is active, the unit status will be Off:Unit Alarm. In cases where no circuits
Yes are enabled, the unit status will be Off:All Cir Disabled. If the unit is disabled via
the Chiller Enable set point, the unit status will be Off:Keypad Disable.
No
Low ambient lockout will prevent the chiller from starting even if it is otherwise
Is low ambient lockout enabled. When this lockout is disabling the chiller, the unit status will be Off:Low
active?
OAT Lock.
No
Is Ice Mode Start Delay

expired?
A delay is required between Ice cycles.
Yes
If the chiller is enabled, then the unit will be in the Auto state and the evaporator
Evaporator pump output on
water pump output will be activated.
No
The chiller will then wait for the flow switch to close, during which time the unit
Is flow present? status will be Auto:Wait for flow.
Yes
After establishing flow, the chiller will wait some time to allow the chilled water loop
Wait for chilled water loop to
recirculate. to recirculate for an accurate reading of the leaving water temperature. The unit
status during this time is Auto:Evap Recirc.

Figure 71: Unit Sequence of Operation - Ice Mode (continued)
Keep pump output on while

chiller is enabled and either
running or ready to run.
No
The chiller is now ready to start if enough load is present. If the LWT is not higher
than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit status will be Auto:Wait
for load.
Is fluid temp high
enough to start?
If the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit
status will be Auto. A circuit can start at this time.
Yes
The first circuit to start is generally the available circuit with the least number of
Start and run first circuit. starts. This circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point and load up as
quickly as possible.
No
Has the stage up time A minimum time must pass between the starting of circuits.
delay expired?
Yes
The second circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point and load up as
quickly as possible.
Start and run next circuit.
Note that a third circuit can be started if available. The stage up time delay must
expire again.
Finish loading all circuits up

to full capacity and maintain
full capacity.
No
Is the ice cycle

Ice building is complete when LWT is less than the Active Setpoint.
complete?
Yes
Begin normal shut down of

All circuits begin the shut down sequence simultaneously.
all circuits.
All circuits off. When all circuits have completed pumpdown, the unit will repeat the cycle.

Figure 77: Circuit Sequence of Operation
Unit power up
When the circuit is in the Off state the EXV is in the closed position, compressor is
Circuit is in Off state off, and all condenser fans are off.
No The circuit must be enabled before it can run. It might be disabled for several
reasons. When the circuit switch is off, the status will be Off:Circuit Switch.
If the BAS has disabled the circuit, the status will be Off:BAS Disable. If the circuit
Is circuit is enabled to has an active stop alarm then the status will be Off:Cir Alarm. If the circuit has
start?
been disabled via the circuit mode set point, the status will be Off:Cir Mode
Yes
Disable. If the compressor is not ready due to refrigerant in the oil, the circuit
cannot start and circuit status will be Off:Oil Heating.
Yes
A minimum time must pass between the previous start and stop of a compressor
Are compressor cycle and the next start. If this time has not passed, a cycle timer will be active and the
timers active? circuit status will be Off:Cycle Timer.
No
Circuit is ready to start If the compressor is ready to start when needed, the circuit status will be
Off:Ready.
No
Is circuit commanded to Capacity control logic at the unit level will determine when a circuit needs to start
start? and issue a start command to the next circuit to start based on sequencing rules.
Yes
Yes
Is EXV Preopen If conditions require the EXV to preopen, then that will occur. Some start conditions
required?
do not require this, so this step would be skipped in those conditions.
Yes
No
Preopen EXV
The compressor will be started and the EXV, fans, and other devices will be
Run circuit
controlled as needed. The normal circuit status at this time will be Run:Normal.
Capacity will be controlled based on load and unload commands coming from
the capacity control logic at the unit level.
No
Capacity control logic at the unit level will determine when a circuit needs to shut
Is circuit commanded to
shut down?
down and issue a stop command to the next circuit to stop based on sequencing
rules.
Yes
When the circuit is commanded to shut down, a normal shut down of the circuit
Pumpdown circuit will be performed. The circuit status during this time will be Run:Pumpdown.
No
Pumpdown is complete when the evaporator pressure drops to a certain point or

Is pumpdown
complete?
the circuit has been pumping down for longer than the pumpdown time limit.

Unit Functions
Calculations NOTE: An x indicates that the value is ignored.

Unit Functions
All of the methods for disabling the chiller, discussed in this

Evaporator Temperature Slope section, will cause a normal shutdown (pumpdown) of any
The slope represents the change or trend in either EWT or running circuits.
LWT over a time frame of one minute. It is calculated by taking When the controller is powered up, the Unit Enable Set Point
readings of the temperature every few seconds and subtracting will be initialized to ‘Disable’ if the Unit Enable Initial Set
them from the previous value, over a rolling one minute Point is set to ‘Disable’. The chiller will remain disabled after
interval. powering up until the Unit Enable Set Point is set to Enable.
Evaporator Pulldown Rate
A pulldown rate is calculated by inverting the slope value and Unit Mode Selection
limiting to a minimum value of 0°C/min. The operating mode of the unit is determined by set points and
inputs to the chiller. The Available Modes Set Point determines
Unit Capacity what modes of operation can be used. This set point also
The unit capacity is the total of the circuit target capacities determines whether the unit is configured for glycol use. The
divided by the number of circuits. Control Source Set Point determines where a command
to change modes will come from. A digital input switches
Total Unit Power between cool mode and ice mode if they are available and the
An estimate of the total unit power is calculated on units with control source is set to local. The BAS mode request switches
compressor VFDs. An approximate power value is read from between cool mode and ice mode if they are both available and
the compressor VFDs. For each circuit the number of fans the control source is set to Network.
running is multiplied by 1.464 and the compressor power The Available Modes Set Point must only be changed when the
value is added to that value. This is the estimated power for unit switch is off. This is to avoid changing modes of operation
the circuit. The estimated power for all circuits is totaled to inadvertently while the chiller is running.
determine the total unit power. All values are in units of kW.
Unit Mode is set according to the following table.
Unit Enable Table 73: Unit Mode Combinations

The unit is available to start if the following conditions are true: Control Available
BAS
Source Mode Input Modes Unit Mode
• Unit switch is closed Request
Set Point Set Point
• If unit mode is ice and the ice timer has timed out. x x x Cool Cool
• No unit alarms exist Cool w/
x x x Cool
• Emergency stop input is closed Glycol
• At least one circuit is enabled Cool/Ice w/
Local Off x Cool
Glycol
• Unit enable set point is Enable
Cool/Ice w/
• If remote control is connected & remote unit switch is Local On x Ice
Glycol
closed Cool/Ice w/
• If Control Source = Network, BAS Enable = True Network x Cool Cool
Glycol
Enabling and disabling the chiller is accomplished using set Cool/Ice w/
Network x Ice Ice
points and inputs to the chiller. The unit switch, remote switch Glycol
input, and Unit Enable Set Point all are required to be On/ x x x Ice w/Glycol Ice
Enable for the unit to be enabled when the control source is x x x Test Test
set to Local. The same is true if the control source is set to NOTE: “x” Indicates that the value is ignored.
Network, with the additional requirement that the BAS Enable
set point be Enable.
Glycol Configuration
Table 72: Enable Combinations
If the Available Modes Set Point is set to an option w/Glycol,
Control Remote Unit then glycol operation is enabled for the unit. Glycol operation
Unit BAS Unit
Source Switch Enable must be disabled only when the Available Modes Set Point is
Switch Request State
Set Point Input Set Point set to Cool. Glycol operation opens up the ranges for several
Off x x x x Disable set points to be set to lower values.
x x Disable x Disable
x x Disable x x Disable
On Local Enable Enable x Enable
x Network x x Disable Disable
On Network Enable Enable Enable Enable

Unit Functions
Unit Control States T1 - Off to Auto. All of the following are required:
The unit will always be in one of three states: • Unit Enable = On

• No unit alarm is active
1. Off – Unit is not enabled to run.
• At least one circuit is enabled to start
2. Auto – Unit is enabled to run.
• If unit mode = Ice, Ice Delay is not active
3. Pumpdown – Unit is doing a normal shutdown.
• Low Ambient Lockout is not active
T2 - Auto to Pumpdown. Any of the following are required:
• Unit Enable = OffIf
• Unit Mode = Ice AND LWT target is reached
• Unit Pumpdown Alarm is active
• Low Ambient Lockout is active
3
3 T3 - Pumpdown to Off. Any of the following are required:

• Unit rapid stop alarm is active
• All circuits complete pumpdown
T4 - Auto to Off. Any of the following are required:
• Unit rapid stop alarm is active
• No circuits enabled and no compressors running
Unit Status
Unit Status is displayed to indicate the general condition of the unit. The following table lists the text displayed for each unit status
and the conditions that enable each status. If more than one status is enabled at the same time, the highest numbered status
overrides the others and is displayed.
Table 74: Unit Status Conditions
Enum Status Conditions

1 Auto Unit State = Auto
2 Off: Ice Mode Timer Unit State = Off, Unit Mode = Ice, and Ice Delay = Active
3 Off: Low OAT Lockout Unit State = Off and Low OAT Lockout is active
4 Off: All Cir Disabled Unit State = Off and all compressors unavailable
5 Off: Unit Alarm Unit State = Off and Unit Alarm active
6 Off: Keypad Disable Unit State = Off and Unit Enable Set Point = Disable
7 Off: Remote Sw Unit State = Off and Remote Switch is open
8 Off: BAS Disable Unit State = Off, Control Source = Network, and BAS Enable = false
9 Off: Unit Switch Unit State = Off and Unit Switch = Disable
10 Off: Test Mode Unit State = Off and Unit Mode = Test
11 Auto: Noise Reduction Unit State = Auto and Noise Reduction is active
12 Auto: Wait for Load Unit State = Auto, no circuits running, and LWT is less than the active set point + startup delta
13 Auto: Evap Recirc Unit State = Auto and Evaporator State = Start
14 Auto: Wait for flow Unit State = Auto, Evaporator State = Start, and Flow Switch is open
15 Auto: Pumpdown Unit State = Pumpdown
16 Auto: Max Pulldown Rate Unit State = Auto, max pulldown rate has been met or exceeded
17 Auto: Unit Cap Limit Unit State = Auto, unit capacity limit has been met or exceeded
18 Auto: Current Limit Unit State = Auto, unit current limit has been met or exceeded
19 Auto: RapidRestore Unit State = Auto, unit is performing RapidRestore operation
20 Off: Invalid Config The unit configuration is not a valid combination.
21 Off: Inp Volts Not Set Input voltage for unit with compressor VFDs is not set.
22 Off: Cfg Chg, Rst Ctlr Unit configuration set point has changed, and reboot of controller is required

Unit Functions
Ice Mode Start Delay T4 - Start to Off. - Requires all of the following to be true:
An adjustable start to start ice delay timer will limit the • Unit state = Off
frequency with which the chiller may start in Ice mode. The • Freeze protection is not active
timer starts when the first compressor starts while the unit T5 - Run to Start. - Requires the following to be true:
is in ice mode. While this timer is active, the chiller cannot
• Flow switch input is low for longer than the flow proof set
restart in Ice mode. The time delay is user adjustable. The ice
point
delay timer may be manually cleared to force a restart in ice
mode. A set point specifically for clearing the ice mode delay is
available. In addition, cycling the power to the controller should
Freeze Protection
clear the ice delay timer. To protect the evaporator from freezing, the evaporator pump
will start if the manual reset flow loss alarm is not active and
either of the following are true:
Low Ambient Lockout • LWT equal to or less than the Evap Freeze set point for at
When the OAT drops below the low ambient lockout set point least three seconds AND LWT sensor fault isn’t active
and the OAT sensor fault is not active, low ambient lockout
• EWT equal to or less than the Evap Freeze set point for
is triggered. The unit will go into the pumpdown state if any
at least three seconds AND EWT sensor fault isn’t active
circuits are running. If no circuits are running the unit will go
directly into the off state. Once all circuits complete pumpdown, Freeze protection will end when manual reset flow loss alarm
the unit will remain in the off state until the lockout has cleared. is active or all of the following are true:
This condition will clear when OAT rises to the lockout set point • LWT is at least 1.11°C (2°F) above the Evap Freeze set
plus 2.5°C (4.5°F). point or LWT sensor fault is active
• EWT is at least 1.11°C (2°F) above the Evap Freeze set
point or EWT sensor fault is active
Evaporator Pump Control • pump has been running for at least 15 minutes
Three evaporator pump control states for control of the
evaporator pumps: Pump Selection
1. Off - No pump on. The pump output used is determined by the Evap Pump
2. Start – Pump is on, water loop is being recirculated. Control set point. This setting allows the following
Recirc timer runnning configurations:
3. Run – Pump is on, water loop has been recirculated. • #1 only – Pump 1 will always be used
Recirc timer has timed out • #2 only – Pump 2 will always be used
• Auto – The primary pump is the one with the least run
hours, the other is used as a backup
• #1 Primary – Pump 1 is used normally, with pump 2 as a
backup
• #2 Primary – Pump 2 is used normally, with pump 1 as a
backup
3
Primary/Standby Pump Staging

The pump designated as primary will start first. If the
evaporator state is start for a time greater than the recirculate
RUN START timeout set point and there is no flow, then the primary
pump will shut off and the standby pump will start. When the
evaporator is in the run state, if flow is lost for more than half
of the flow proof set point value, the primary pump will shut
T1 - Off to Start - Requires all of the following to be true: off and the standby pump will start. Once the standby pump
• Unit state = Auto is started, the flow loss alarm logic will apply if flow cannot be
established in the evaporator start state, or if flow is lost in the
• Freeze protestion started evaporator run state.
T2 - Start to Run - Requires the following to be true:
• Flow ok for time longer than evaporator recirculate time Auto Control
set point If auto pump control is selected, the primary/standby logic
T3 - Run to Off - Requires all of the following to be true: above is still used. When the evaporator is not in the run state,
the run hours of the pumps will be compared. The pump with
• Unit state = Off
the least hours will be designated as the primary at this time.
• Freeze protection not active

Unit Functions
Leaving Water Temperature (LWT) Figure 78: Return Reset
Reset
LWT Target
The LWT Target varies based on settings and inputs and is
selected as follows:
Table 75: Leaving Water Temperature Targets

Control Source
Control Available
Mode BAS Base LWT
Source Set Modes Set
Input Request Target
Point Point The active set point is reset using the following parameters:
Cool Set
OFF X 1. Cool LWT set point
point 1
Local
Cool Set 2. Max Reset set point
ON X COOL
point 2 3. Start Reset Delta T set point
BAS Cool
Network X X 4. Evap Delta T
Set point
Cool Set Reset varies from 0 to Max Reset set point as the Evaporator
OFF X
point 1 EWT – LWT (Evap delta t) varies from the Start Reset Delta T
Local
COOL w/ Cool Set set-point to 0.
ON X
Glycol point 2
BAS Cool 4-20 mA External Signal Reset
Network X X
Set point The Active LWT target is adjusted by the 4 to 20 mA reset
Cool Set analog input.
OFF x
Local point 1
ON x Ice Set point Parameters used:
COOL/ICE
BAS Cool 1. Cool LWT set point
x COOL w/Glycol
Set point
Network 2. Max Reset set point
BAS Ice Set
x ICE 3. LWT Reset signal
point
Local x x Ice Set point Reset is 0 if the reset signal is less than or equal to 4 mA.
ICE w/
BAS Ice Set Reset is equal to the Max Reset Delta T set point if the reset
Network x x Glycol
point signal equals or exceeds 20 mA. The amount of reset will vary
linearly between these extremes if the reset signal is between
4 mA and 20 mA. An example of the operation of 4-20 reset in
The base LWT target may be reset to a higher value if the Cool mode follows.
unit is in Cool mode and it is configured for a reset. The type
of reset to be used is determined by the LWT Reset Type set
Figure 79: 4-20mA Reset - Cool Mode
point.
When the active reset increases, the Active LWT Target is
changed at a rate of 0.1 °C (0.18 °F) every 10 seconds. When
the active reset decreases, the Active LWT Target is changed
all at once.
After resets are applied, the LWT target can never exceed a
value of 15.56°C (60°F) for C vintage chillers with reduced
amp rating. The LWT target can go up to 21.12°C (70°F) for C
vintage chillers with standard amp rating.
Reset Type – None

The Active LWT target is set equal to the base LWT set point.
Reset Type – Return Chilled Water

The Active LWT target is adjusted based on the return water
temperature (evaporator entering water temperature).

Unit Functions
Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Reset • Stage up delay has completed

The Active Leaving Water variable is reset based on the • [LWT is higher than the target plus the Stage Up Delta T
outdoor ambient temperature. Parameters used: set point] OR [LWT is higher than the target plus half the
Stage Up Delta T set point for at least two minutes]
1. Cool LWT set point
2. Max Reset set point • All running circuits are running at a capacity higher than
the Load Stage Up set point or running in a limited state
3. Start Reset OAT set point
4. Max Reset OAT set point In addition, for units with compressor VFD’s additional circuits
cannot start unless one of the following is true:
5. OAT
• LWT is more than 10°C (18°F) above the target
Reset is 0 if the outdoor ambient temperature is greater than
Start Reset OAT set point. From Start Reset OAT set point • LWT is 0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target
down to Max Reset OAT the reset varies linearly from no reset and the EWT pull down rate is less than 0.21(LWT –
to the max reset at Max Reset OAT set point. At ambient target)+0.39
temperatures less than Max Reset OAT set point, reset is
equal to the Max Reset set point.
Staging Down
A circuit will shut down if any of the following are true:
Figure 80: OAT Reset • Multiple circuits are running, LWT is less than the target
minus the Stage Down Delta T and Stage Down Delay
has completed
• Multiple circuits are running , LWT is less than the target
plus the Stage Up Delta T, Stage Down Delay has
completed, and all running circuits are at a capacity less
than the Light Load Stage Down set point
• Multiple circuits are running, a unit capacity limit is active,
and all running circuits are at a capacity less than the
Light Load Stage Down set point
• Regardless of the number of circuits running, all will shut
down if the LWT is lower than the target less the Shut
Down Delta T set point
• Number of running circuits is greater than the Max
Unit Capacity Control Number Circuit Running set point
• [One circuit is running, LWT is less than the target,
Unit capacity control will be performed as described in this
Evaporator Delta T < 0.25*(Full Capacity Delta T set
section. A combination of starting/stopping
point/Number of Circuits set point), Variable Evap Flow
compressors and loading/unloading compressors is used to set point is set to No] for longer than five minutes
control the overall unit capacity.
Circuit Staging in Ice Mode
Circuit Staging in Cool Mode
Stage Up Delay
Staging Delays A fixed stage up delay of one minute between compressor
Any time the number of running circuits changes, the stage up starts should be used in this mode. When at least one
delay will start and run for a time equivalent to the Stage Up circuit is running, the other circuits should start as quickly as
Delay set point. possible with respect to the stage up delay.
Any time the number of running circuits changes, the stage
down delay will start and run for a time equivalent to the Stage
Staging Up
Down Delay set point. The first circuit should start when evaporator LWT is higher
than the target plus the Startup Delta T set point.
Any time there are no circuits running, both the stage up and
stage down delays will be cleared. When at least one circuit is running, another circuit will start
when evaporator LWT is higher than the target
Staging Up plus the Stage Up Delta T set point and the stage up delay has
If no circuits are running, then the first circuit will be started completed.
when evaporator LWT is higher than the target plus Startup
Delta T set point. Staging Down
If there are one or more circuits running, an additional circuit All circuits should be staged off when evaporator LWT is less
will be started when all of the following are true: than the target.

Unit Functions
Staging Sequence occurs, the accumulator will be reset to zero.
This section defines which compressor is the next one to Note that circuit level capacity change delays will still limit how
start or stop. In general, compressors with fewer starts will often each circuit can change capacity.
normally start first, and compressors with more run hours will Max Pulldown Rate
normally stop first. Compressor staging sequence can also be
Unit capacity will not be increased based on the accumulator
determined by an operator defined sequence via set points.
if EWT pulldown rate is higher than the Max Pulldown Rate
set point minus 0.1°C (0.18°F) and the LWT is less than 15°C
Next To Start
(59°F).
The next compressor to start must meet the following
If the EWT pulldown rate is higher than the Max Pulldown Rate
requirements:
set point plus 0.1°C (0.18°F) and the LWT is less than 15°C
Lowest sequence number of those compressors available to (59°F), then the unit will decrease capacity.
start
Deadband
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the least
A deadband value is calculated as follows:
starts
• if starts are equal, it must have least run hours (Evap Delta T X 20)/(Unit capacity X Number of Circuits)
• if run hours are equal, it must be the lowest numbered This deadband is centered around the LWT target but is only
compressor used in cases where the next capacity change is
either the large jump from 50% to 60% or from 60% to 50% on
Next To Stop
a compressor.
The next compressor to shut down must meet the following
When the next compressor to load is currently at 50% capacity
requirements:
and the LWT is within the deadband, unit capacity will not
Lowest sequence number of the compressors that are running increase.
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the most run When the next compressor to unload is currently at 60%
hours capacity and the LWT is within the deadband, unit capacity will
• if run hours are equal, it must have the fewest starts not decrease.
• if starts are equal, it must be the lowest numbered
compressor With VFD Compressors
Capacity will increase if LWT is more than 0.1°C (0.18°F)
Maximum Circuits Running above the target. Capacity increases have a two second delay
If the number of compressors running is equal to the Max from the last increase the capacity control logic requested.
Circuits Running set point, no additional compressors should Capacity will decrease if LWT is more than 0.1°C (0.18°F)
be started. This applies in both Cool mode and Ice mode below the target. Capacity decreases have a two second delay
operation. from the last decrease the capacity control logic requested.
When multiple compressors are running, one should shut down Note that circuit level capacity change delays will still limit how
if the number of compressors running is more than the Max often each circuit can change capacity.
Circuits Running set point.
Pulldown Rate Limit
Circuit Capacity Control in Cool Mode Capacity will be limited from increasing or it will be decreased if
the EWT pulldown rate exceeds calculated values and the LWT
In Cool mode, unit capacity is adjusted to control evaporator is less than 10°C (18°F) above the target.
LWT to the LWT target. This is done by changing capacity of
individual compressors one at a time. The calculated capacity hold value varies from 0.5°C/min to
2.5°C/min (0.9°F/min to 4.5°F/min) as the LWT varies from
With Non-VFD Compressors 0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target.
For units without compressor VFD’s, an error accumulator is The calculated capacity unload value varies from 0.7°C/min to
used which accounts for loop pulldown and how far from the 2.7°C/min (1.26°F/min to 4.86°F/min) as the LWT varies from
target the LWT is. 0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target.
An error value is calculated as:

(LWT – target) + (EWT Slope X 2)
Every 4 seconds, the calculated error value is added to the
error accumulator. When the total error is more than 2.8°C
(5.04°F) a compressor will be loaded. When the total error
is less than -2.8°C (-5.04°F) a compressor will be unloaded.
Whenever a capacity change based on the error accumulator

Unit Functions
Load Balancing Unit Capacity Limits

In cool mode, capacity of the circuits is controlled so that when Unit capacity limits are used to limit total unit capacity in Cool
possible their capacities are balanced. Circuits will generally mode only. Multiple limits may be active at any time, and the
maintain a capacity imbalance that does not exceed 10%. lowest limit is always used in the unit capacity control.
If a capacity change has not occurred for at least a minute Soft load, demand limit, and network limit use a deadband
and the difference in capacity between the highest and around the actual limit value, such that unit capacity increase
lowest capacity running circuits is more than 10%, then the is not allowed within this deadband. If unit capacity is above
circuit capacities will be adjusted. The circuit that is next to the deadband, capacity is decreased until it is back within the
load will load and the circuit that is next to unload will unload deadband.
simultaneously.
• For 2 circuit units, the deadband is 7%.
Circuits that are running in manual capacity control or running
• For 3 circuit units, the deadband is 5%.
with active capacity limiting events will not be considered in the
load balancing logic. The unit capacity will be adjusted as needed via compressor
staging and capacity changes to meet the lowest active limit,
but the last running compressor cannot be turned off to meet a
Load/Unload Sequence limit lower than the minimum unit capacity.
This section defines which compressor is the next one to load
or unload. Soft Load
Next To Load Soft Loading is a configurable function used to ramp up the
unit capacity over a period of time after the unit starts. The set
The next compressor to load must meet the following points that control this function are:
requirements:
• Soft Load Enable
Lowest capacity of the running compressors that can load up
• Begin Capacity Limit
• if capacities are equal, it must have the lowest sequence • Soft Load Ramp
number of the compressors that are running
When the unit starts, the limit is set to the Begin Capacity
• if the sequence numbers are equal, it must have the least Limit set point value. The limit then increases linearly from the
starts Begin Capacity Limit set point to 100% over the amount of
• if starts are equal, it must have the least run hours time specified by the Soft Load Ramp set point. If the option is
• if run hours are equal, it must be the lowest numbered turned off, the soft load limit is set to 100%.
compressor
Demand Limit
Next To Unload
The maximum unit capacity can be limited by a 4 to 20 mA
The next compressor to unload must meet the following signal on the Demand Limit analog input at the unit controller.
requirements: This function is only enabled if the Demand Limit set point is
Highest capacity of the running compressors set to ON.
• if capacities are equal, it must have the lowest sequence As the signal varies from 4 mA up to 20 mA, the maximum unit
number of the compressors that are running capacity changes from 100% to 0%.
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the most run
hours Network Limit
• if run hours are equal, it must have the least startsif starts The maximum unit capacity can be limited by a network signal.
are equal, it must be the lowest numbered compressor This function is only enabled if the unit control source is set to
network. The signal will be received through the BAS interface
Circuit Capacity Control in Ice Mode on the unit controller.
In Ice mode, running compressors are loaded up As the signal varies from 0% up to 100%, the maximum unit
simultaneously at the maximum possible rate that allows for capacity changes from 0% to 100%.
stable operation of the individual circuits.

Unit Functions
Current Limit Assuming this functionality is enabled, there are two ways it
can become active:
Current Limit control should be enabled only when the current
limit enable input is closed and the unit is operating in Cool 1. If the unit mode is cool and the unit controller clock time
mode. is between the Quiet Mode start time and end time set
points.
Unit current will be calculated based on the 4-20 mA input that
receives a signal from an external device. The current at 4 mA 2. Control Source set point is set to network and the BAS
is assumed to be 0, and the current at 20 mA is defined by the command is ‘enable’.
Current At 20mA set point. As the signal varies from 4 to 20
When Quiet Mode is active, the Maximum Reset is applied to
mA, the calculated unit current varies linearly from 0 amps to
the cool LWT set point. However, if any reset type is selected,
the amp value defined by the set point.
that reset will continue to be used rather than the Maximum
Unit capacity will not be allowed to increase if the current value Reset. Also, the saturated condenser target for each circuit will
exceeds 95% of the Current Limit set point. The unit will reduce be offset by the Quiet Mode Condenser Target Offset.
capacity if the current value exceeds the Current Limit set
point.
RapidRestore™ Option
Figure 81: Current Limit Operation RapidRestore is an option that can be added to AWS chillers.
The general purpose of the option is to allow the capability to
restart more quickly and to load faster than normal when power
is lost and restored.
Enabling
The Rapid Restore option is enabled via the Rapid Restore set
point. Enabling will require the following to be
true:
• Rapid Restore module is present at address 22
• DI1 on the Rapid Restore module has a signal
• Unit is configured with compressor VFD’s OR it has slide
position sensors and liquid line solenoidvalves enabled
Cycle Timer If any of the above conditions are no longer true, then the
There is minimum time between compressor startup and option will be disabled in the chiller.
shutdown. The time values are set by global circuit set points.
Start-to-start time is the time period from when a compressor Operation Following Power Cycle
starts until it starts again. The chiller will enter Rapid Restore upon powering up when
Stop-to-start is the time period from when a compressor stops the following conditions are met:
until it restarts. • Rapid Restore is enabled
• Power failure lasts less than the value of the Max Power
Table 76: Cycle Time Settings Failure Time set point
Range • Power failure lasts at least one second (shorter power
Function Default loss may result in unpredictable operation)
Minimum Maximum
• Unit is enabled
Start - Start time 20 min 15 min 60 min
• LWT error is at least equal to the stage up delta t setting
Stop - Start time 5 min 3 min 20 min
Rapid Restore will end if any of the following conditions occur:
• LWT error is less than the stage up delta t setting
Quiet Mode • Unit capacity = 100%
Quiet Mode is an operating mode designed to reduce unit • All circuits become disabled for any reason
sound levels by decreasing compressor and fan operating • Unit becomes disabled for any reason
time. It is used during the night when the cooling load is usually • 10 minutes have passed since unit powered up
reduced and the ambient temperature is lower.
Quiet Mode always requires the Quiet Mode set point to be
set to ‘enable’. If it is set to ‘disable’, it will not activate for any
reason.

Unit Functions
Unit Level Changes Circuit Level Changes

Evaporator Recirculation Time Compressor Cycle Timers
When Rapid Restore is triggered, the time value used for When Rapid Restore is triggered, all compressor cycle timers
the evaporator recirculation time will be 9 seconds for two are cleared to allow for starting more quickly.
circuit units and 6 seconds for three circuit units. Note that The limitation of four starts per hour is still in effect though, and
the evaporator recirculation time set point is not changed as a will not be cleared by the Rapid Restore operation.
result of this.
With a goal of starting the chiller within 30 seconds after power Modulating Slide Unload Output
is restored, the evaporator recirculation time must be trimmed For units without compressor VFD’s, the modulating slide
to account for the controller boot time. The difference in times unload output is turned on when Rapid Restore istriggered.
for two and three circuit units is due to the difference in the
controller boot times based on the unit configuration. Many Normally this output is turned on when the compressor starts.
aspects of the configuration can affect the controller boot Due to the sequence of events leading to a RapidRestore
time, but the number of circuits has a substantial impact and scenario it is likely that the modulating slide will not be in the
therefore the time is selected based on that. minimum position for the start, so the output is activated before
the compressor starts to help make sure it starts at as close to
In addition, the controller firmware version can affect the boot minimum capacity as possible.
time. The values chosen for the evaporator recirculation time
were the result of testing with version 9.22 firmware. Other EXV Preopen
firmware versions may result in significantly different times to
start the chiller. The EXV preopen time will always be five seconds during
Rapid Restore. This allows the first circuit as well as
Unit Capacity Control subsequent circuits to start faster since some normal starting
conditions would have a preopen time as long as 25 seconds.
During Rapid Restore, some parts of the unit capacity control
logic are modified to allow faster loading of the unit: Capacity Increments
• The stage up delay setting used for normal operation is For faster loading, capacity increments are doubled for all AWS
ignored. In its place a fixed value of 20 seconds is used configurations.
as the delay between starting circuits.
There is one exception to this for compressors without VFD’s.
• For normal capacity control, all running circuits must meet
The capacity change from 50% to 60% is a fixed step that is
certain requirements before any additional circuits can
used for normal operation as well as for fast loading.
start. These requirements, which indicate running circuits
have reached a certain capacity or are otherwise limited
in capacity, are bypassed for fast loading.
• Max pulldown rate will be ignored during fast loading to
avoid having it interfere in the chiller getting loaded up as
fast as possible.

Unit Functions
Backup Chiller Operation Software Settings

If DI2 on the Rapid Restore module has a signal and the unit When the RapidRestore® option is ordered, hardware is added
has Rapid Restore enabled, then the chiller is considered a and factory software changes are made to enable the feature.
‘backup chiller’. • Slide position sensors must be enabled (set to Yes). The
When a ‘backup chiller’ is enabled, it will start using the setting is located at “View/Set Unit-> Unit Configuration ->
same sequence and changes as a Rapid Restore with one Slide Pos Sens=”
difference. It will use an evaporator recirculation time of 22 • Liquid line solenoid must be enabled (set to Enable). The
seconds regardless of the unit configuration. setting is loacted at “View/Set Unit-> Set-Up -> Liq Line
This will result in the time to start and time to load for a backup SV=”
chiller being about the same as for a RapidRestore scenario. • RapidRestore® must be enabled (set to Enable). The
setting is located at “View/Set Unit ->Set-Up -> Rapid
Field supplied inputs to the units are required in the unusual
Restore=”
case of a backup chiller being started after the power
interruption rather than restarting the primary chiller. A field
supplied control signal (normally a BAS) must turn off the
Time Charts
Backup Chiller connection on the primary unit and turn on the The following charts show the approximate best case scenario
Backup Chiller connection on the backup unit at the time of for time to start and time to full capacity with the RapidRestore®
switching. See the Field Wiring Diagram for the Backup Chiller operation.The times shown represent the way the logic is
connection point (terminals 61 and 62). The backup unit must programmed but do not account for small delays due to the
experience the power failure in order to perform the rapid program cycle time. As a result the actual times can be slightly
restore function. longer due to small variations for each time segment stacking
up. These charts also assume the fastest possible rate of
The time to restore full load will vary depending on the
loading so if any operating conditions would cause loading to
compressor starter, type number of compressors and if it is a
pause or slow down, the times will be extended.
primary or backup unit as shown on the following table.
For units without compressor VFDs, the time charts also
Table 77: Time to Full Load assume that the slide position sensors are enabled.
Starter Y-Delta Solid State VFD

Standard Unit w/o Rapid Restore
2-Circuit 21.6 min 21.6 min 18.8 min
Primary Unit w/ Rapid Restore
Backup Unit w/ Rapid Restore

Unit Functions
Figure 82: Two Circuits Without Compressor VFDs
Figure 83: Three Circuits Without Compressor VFDs

Unit Functions
Figure 84: Two Circuits With Compressor VFDs
Figure 85: Three Circuits With Compressor VFDs

Circuit Functions
Circuit Functions
Calculations Condenser Approach

The condenser approach is calculated for each circuit. The
Feedback Capacity equation is as follows:
Feedback capacity is a representation of the actual capacity as
Condenser Approach = Condenser Saturated Temperature
a percentage of full capacity based on feedback regarding the
- OAT
actual running capacity of the compressor.
Non-VFD Compressors With Slide Position Suction Superheat

Sensors Suction superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
following equation:
Compressors without VFD’s vary capacity via changes to the
slide positions. The modulating slide can provide approximately Suction superheat = Suction Temperature – Evaporator
10% to 50% of the compressor capacity, while the non- Saturated Temperature
modulating slide provides either 0% or 50% of the compressor
capacity. Discharge Superheat
Considering the digital nature of the non-modulating slide Discharge superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
position and the extreme positions of the modulating slide, following equation:
there are four capacity values as shown in the following table.
Discharge superheat = Discharge Temperature – Condenser
This capacity value will also vary linearly from 10% to 50% and
Saturated Temperature
from 60% to 100% as the modulating slide sensor signal varies
from 4 to 20 mA.
Oil Differential Pressure
Non-modulating Modulating Slide Feedback Capacity
Oil Differential Pressure is calculated for each circuit with this
Slide Sensor Signal
equation:
Off 4 mA 10%
Oil Differential Pressure = Condenser Pressure - Oil
Off 20 mA 50%
Pressure
On 4mA 60%
On 20 mA 100% Maximum Saturated Condenser
Temperature
VFD Compressors
The maximum saturated condenser temperature calculation is
Compressors with VFD’s vary capacity via changes to the based on the compressor operational envelope.
speed. The actual compressor speed is read from the VFD.
Feedback capacity for a compressor with a VFD is: If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is less than 0°C and
glycol operation is not enabled then
Actual Compressor Speed x 100 ÷ Maximum Speed
Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 1.596(Saturated
Refrigerant Saturated Temperature Evaporator Temperature) + 68.3°C
Refrigerant saturated temperature is calculated from the If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is less than 0°C and
pressure sensor readings for each circuit. A function provides glycol operation is enabled then
the converted value of temperature to match values published Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 0.652(Saturated
data for R134a: Evaporator Temperature) + 68.3°C
-within 0.18°F (0.1°C) for pressure inputs from 0 to 300 psi (0 If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is 0°C or higher then
to 2070 kPa)
Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 68.3°C
-within 0.36°F (0.2°C) for pressure inputs from -11.6 to 0 psi
There are special cases where the Max Saturated Condenser
(80 kPa to 0 kPa)
Temperature will be set to 68.3°C regardless of the Saturated
Evaporator Temperature. This will occur for 60 seconds
Evaporator Approach following the transition from 50% to 60% or 60% to 50% if the
The evaporator approach is calculated for each circuit. The unit does not have compressor VFD’s and has slide position
equation is as follows: sensors enabled. It will also occur for 60 seconds after loading
from 46% to 50% or from 96% to 100% capacity if the unit
Evaporator Approach = LWT – Evaporator Saturated
does not have compressor VFD’s and does not have slide
Temperature
position sensors enabled.

Circuit Functions
High Saturated Condenser – Hold Value

High Cond Hold Value = Max Saturated Condenser Value –
5°F (2.78°C)
High Saturated Condenser – Unload

Value
High Cond Unload Value = Max Saturated Condenser Value –
3°F (1.67°C)
High Motor Amp Limits

High motor amp limits are used only when the starter type is
VFD. A reference amp value is selected based on the following
table.
Size Economizer 380V 460V 575V 400V

204 Yes 202 167 134 187
204 No 158 130 104 150
215 Yes 246 203 162 228
215 No 193 159 127 183
232 Yes 288 238 -- 268
241 Yes 346 286 -- 322
263 Yes 406 335 -- 376
The reference amp value is then used to establish the amp

limits using the following calculations:
High Motor Amps Hold value = reference value x 1.21
High Motor Amps Delayed Unload value = reference value
x 1.25
High Motor Amps Unload value = reference value x 1.30
High Motor Amps Shutdown value = reference value x 1.35
Reduced Amp Limits

An option to select lower amp limits is available on certain C
vintage models with 460V 60hz power. The lower limits are
selected when the Amp Rating set point is set to ‘reduced’.
Values used in this special case are shown in the table below.
Circuit 1 Circuit 2
Model # Delayed Delayed
Hold Unload Shutdown Hold Unload Shutdown
Unload Unload
210CDH 177 184.08 192.93 201.78 177 184.08 192.93 201.78
230CDH 166 172.64 180.94 189.24 219 227.76 238.71 249.66
240CDP 163 169.52 177.67 185.82 163 169.52 177.67 185.82
265CDP 157 163.28 171.13 178.98 206 214.24 224.54 234.84
280CDH 210 218.4 228.9 239.4 260 270.4 283.4 296.4
310CDP 198 205.92 215.82 225.72 245 254.8 267.05 279.3
330CDH 240 249.6 261.6 273.6 303 315.12 330.27 345.42
365CDP 245 254.8 267.05 279.3 288 299.52 313.92 328.32

Circuit Functions
Circuit Control Logic • Evaporator Pressure is at least as high as the Low

Pressure Unload set point
Circuit Availability T4 – Run to Pumpdown - Any of the following are required:
A circuit is available to start if the following conditions are true: • Unit capacity control logic requires this circuit to stop
• Unit state is pumpdown
• Circuit switch is closed
• A pumpdown alarm occurs on the circuit
• No circuit alarms are active
• Circuit switch is open
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Enable
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Disable
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Auto
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Off
• No cycle timers are active
T5 – Pumpdown to Off - Any of the following are required:
• Discharge Temperature is at least 9°F (5°C) higher than
Oil Saturated Temperature • Evaporator Pressure drops below the Pumpdown
Pressure set point
Circuit States • Service Pumpdown set point is set to Yes and Evaporator
Pressure drops below 35 kPa
Figure 86: Circuit State Transitions • Circuit has been pumping down for longer than the
Pumpdown Time Limit set point
• Unit state is Off
• Rapid stop alarm occurs on the circuit
T6 – Run to Off - Any of the following are required:
T7 – Start to Off - Any of the following are required:
• Circuit has been in start state longer than the Start Time
Limit set point
T8 – Start to Pumpdown - Any of the following are required:
• Unit capacity control logic requires this circuit to stop
• Unit state is pumpdown
• A pumpdown alarm occurs on the circuit
• Circuit switch is open
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Disable
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Off
Circuit Startup Logic

Circuit startup is the time period following the starting of the
compressor on a circuit. During the startup, the
low evaporator pressure alarm logic should be ignored. When
the compressor has been running at least 20 seconds and the
evaporator pressure rises above the low evaporator pressure
T1 – Off to Preopen - All of the following are required: unload set point, the startup is complete.
• Circuit is available to start per the previous section If the pressure does not rise above the unload set point and
the circuit has been running longer than the Startup Time set
• Adequate pressure in the evaporator and condenser (see
point, then the circuit will shut down and an alarm triggered. If
No Pressure At Start Alarm)
the evaporator pressure drops below the absolute low pressure
• Unit capacity control logic requires the circuit to start limit then the circuit will shut down and the same alarm
T2 – Preopen to Start triggered.
EXV completes preopen operation.
T3 – Start to Run - All of the following are required:
• Compressor has been running for at least 20 seconds

Circuit Functions
Low OAT Restart Logic Circuit Status

Low OAT restart logic allows multiple start attempts in low The displayed circuit status is determined by the conditions in
and moderate ambient conditions. If the condenser saturated the following table:
temperature is less than 15.5°C (59.9°F) when the compressor
starts, the startup is considered to be a ‘low OAT start’. If a low
Table 78: Circuit Status
OAT start is not successful the circuit shall shut down, but no
alarm should be triggered for the first two attempts of the day. Enum Status Conditions
If a third low OAT start attempt fails, then the circuit should shut
down and the Low OAT Restart Alarm should be triggered. 1 Off:Ready Circuit is ready to start when
needed.
The restart counter should be reset when either a startup is
2 Off:Stage Up Circuit is off and cannot start
successful, the Low OAT Restart alarm is triggered, or the unit
Delay due to stage up delay.
time clock shows that a new day has started.
3 Off:Cycle Timer Circuit is off & cannot start
Minimum Discharge Superheat due to active cycle timer.
During operation, the minimum discharge superheat is 12°C 4 Off: Max Comp Circuit is off & cannot start
(21.6°F). When a circuit is running, it can only increase Starts due to four starts per hour.
capacity during automatic capacity control when certain 5 Off:BAS Disable Circuit is off and cannot start
requirements related to the minimum discharge superheat are due to BAS Circuit Mode input
met. The requirements are as follows: being set to Off.
• Circuit must be in the start or run state for at least three 6 Off:Keypad Circuit is off and cannot start
minutes Disable due to Circuit Mode set point
• DSH must be at least 12°C (21.6°F) for longer than 30 on HMI is set to disable.
seconds 7 Off:Circuit Switch Circuit is off & circuit switch
The first requirement means that for at least three minutes is off.
after starting, the circuit cannot increase capacity. This is done 8 Off:Oil Heating Circuit is off and Discharge
to allow the oil temperature to equalize with the discharge gas Temperature not at least 5°C
temperature since the discharge temperature sensor is actually higher than Oil Saturated
reading the oil temperature in the sump. In addition, running at Temperature.
the minimum capacity allows the discharge superheat to build 9 Off:Alarm Circuit is off & cannot start
faster. due to active circuit alarm.
The second requirement is a factor at startup, but will also 10 Off:Test Mode Circuit is in test mode.
come into play any time DSH drops below the minimum after
11 EXV Preopen Circuit is in preopen state.
the circuit has increased capacity.
12 Run:Pumpdown Circuit is in pumpdown state.
13 Run:Normal Circuit is in run state &
running normally.
14 Run:Disch SH Low Circuit is running & cannot
load due to low discharge
superheat.
15 Run:Evap Press Circuit is running & cannot
Low load due to low evaporator
pressure.
16 Run:Cond Press Circuit is running & cannot
High load due to high condenser
pressure.
17 Run: High LWT Circuit is running and cannot
Limit load due to the evaporator
LWT exceeding the limit for
allowing full capacity.
18 Run: High VFD Circuit is running and cannot
Amps load due to high motor
current.

Circuit Functions
Compressor Control capacity control section). Standard capacity steps are:
The compressor/starter output will be on when the circuit • 5% if configured with slide position sensors
state is Start, Run, or Pumpdown. It will not be running when • 4% if configured without slide position sensors
the circuit state is Off or Preopen. Starting and stopping of A minimum time of 20 seconds should pass between capacity
compressors is done via the digital output for those without changes other than the capacity transitions from 50% to 60%
VFD’s and with VFD’s. or from 60% to 50%. For those capacity transitions, a minimum
time of 30 seconds will pass before capacity is changed again.
Cycle Timers Manual Capacity Control
A minimum time must pass between starts of each compressor. The capacity target of the compressor may be controlled
When the compressor starts, a timer starts which will run for a manually. Manual capacity control is enabled via a set point
time determined by the Start-Start Timer set point. with choices of auto or manual. Another set point allows setting
A minimum time must pass between the stop and start of each the compressor capacity target from 10% to 100%.
compressor. When the compressor stops, a timer starts which The compressor capacity target will be stepped up or down
will run for a time determined by the Stop-Start Timer set point. until it is equal to the manual capacity set point. If the set point
While either timer is running the compressor cannot start. Both is between available capacity steps the capacity target will
cycle timers will be enforced even through cycling of power to be set to the capacity step below the set point. Changes to
the chiller. These timers may be cleared via the Clear Cycle the capacity target will be made at the maximum rate allowed
Timers set point. in automatic capacity control. Capacity control may be set to
manual at any time.
Starts Per Hour Limit Capacity control shall revert back to automatic control if either:
In addition to the cycle timers, a limit of four starts per hour • the circuit state changes from run to any other state
is enforced. A buffer of start times for the last four starts is
• capacity control has been set to manual for four hours
maintained. If the current time is an hour or less after the first
timestamp in the buffer, the next start will be delayed. Slide Control
This limit is cleared if the Clear Cycle Timers set point is set to The slides will be positioned to meet the capacity target as
On. shown in the following sections. All slide control outputs are off
when the compressor is off and will only be activated when the
Capacity Control – Without Compressor compressor is running.
VFD Without Slide Position Sensors
When the unit is configured without compressor VFD’s, Non-modulating Load/Unload Select:
compressors vary capacity via positioning of a modulating slide
and a non-modulating slide. Any time the capacity target is less than 60%, the load/unload
select output for the non-modulating slide should be off to
Capacity Target unload the non-modulating slide. If the capacity target is 60%
or higher, this output should be on.
This section explains how the capacity target is determined.
Modulating load output:
Auto Capacity Control
When the capacity target is 10% or 60%, the modulating slide
After starting, the compressor capacity target will be the load output should be off. When the capacity target is 50% or
minimum physical capacity (approximately 10%), and the 100%, this output should be on.
compressor will not increase in capacity until it has been
running at least three minutes and the minimum discharge Modulating unload output:
superheat has been established for at least 30 seconds. After When the capacity target is 10% or 60%, the modulating slide
this condition is met, the compressor capacity target will move unload output should be on. When the capacity target is 50%
via steps to the minimum running capacity even if unit capacity or 100%, this output should be off.
control commands do not require the compressor to load up.
At capacity targets between 10% and 50%, and 60% and
This minimum running capacity target is:
100%, the modulating slide is to be moved by pulsing the
• 25% if configured with slide position sensors load and unload outputs. When the capacity target increases,
• 26% if configured without slide position sensors the load output should be pulsed. When the capacity target
decreases, the unload output should be pulsed.
Once the compressor has been loaded to the minimum running
capacity target, the capacity target will always be at least equal With Slide Position Sensors
to this value while the compressor is running. Non-modulating load output:
Changes to the capacity target are performed as needed to This output should be off any time the capacity target is less
meet unit capacity requirements based on load and unload than 60%. If the capacity target is 60% or higher, this output
commands coming from the unit capacity control logic (see unit should be on.

Circuit Functions
Non-modulating unload output: The compressor speed will be stepped up or down until
it is equal to the speed that corresponds to the manual
This output should be on any time the capacity target is less
capacity set point. If the set point is set to a percentage value
than 60%. If the capacity target is 60% or higher, this output
corresponding to a speed that is in between normal speed
should be off.
steps, then the speed will be set to the next lowest speed step.
Modulating load output:
Changes to the speed will be made as fast as allowed by the
When the capacity target is 10% or 60%, the modulating slide calculated load and unload delays.
load output should be off. When the capacity target is 50% or
Capacity control may be set to manual at any time.
100%, this output should be on.
Capacity control shall revert back to automatic control if either:
Modulating unload output:
• the circuit state changes from run to any other state
When the capacity target is 10% or 60%, the modulating slide
unload output should be on. When the capacity target is 50% • capacity control has been set to manual for four hours
or 100%, this output should be off.
Load and Unload Delay Calculation
At capacity targets between 10% and 50%, and 60% and
100%, the modulating slide should be moved via pulsing of As the LWT error varies from the Start Delta T set point to
the load and unload outputs to achieve the required capacity. 0.1°C (0.18°F), the load delay varies from 15 seconds to 25
Feedback from the slide position sensor should be used to seconds linearly.
maintain the slide in a position that allows compressor capacity If the unit is configured with constant evaporator water flow, as
to fall within 1.5% of the capacity target. the LWT error varies from -0.7°C to -0.1°C (-1.26°F to -0.18°F)
Turbo solenoid output the unload delay varies from 10 seconds to 20 seconds.
The turbo solenoid output is activated to assist in moving the If the unit is configured with variable evaporator water flow, as
modulating slide in certain conditions. This solenoid should be the LWT error varies from -0.7°C to -0.1°C (-1.26°F to -0.18°F)
enabled via turning on the output when the pressure difference the unload delay varies from 10 seconds to 13 seconds.
between oil pressure and evaporator pressure is less than or If the unit capacity control requires unloading due to the EWT
equal to 415 kPa (60.2 PSI) for at least 5 seconds. It should be pulldown rate, the unload delay will be forced to 20 seconds.
disabled when the pressure difference is above 415 kPa (60.2
PSI).
Condenser Fan Control
Capacity Control – With Compressor The compressor must be running in order to stage fans on.
VFD All running fans will turn off when compressor goes to the Off
state.
When the unit is configured with compressor VFD’s,
compressors vary capacity via changes to the motor speed
(frequency). The speed is controlled via writing to a specific Saturated Condenser Temperature
modbus register in the VFD. Target
The saturated condenser temperature target is calculated by
Auto Capacity Control
first using the following equation:
Immediately after starting, the compressor speed will be set
Sat condenser temp target raw = 0.8332(suction sat temp) +
to 24hz, and the speed will not increase until it has been
63.6°F (35.0°C)
running at least three minutes and the minimum discharge
superheat has been established for at least 30 seconds. After This value is then limited to a range defined by the Condenser
this condition is met, the changes to the speed are performed Saturated Temperature Target min and max set point. These
as needed to meet unit capacity requirements based on load set points simply cut off the value to a working range, and this
and unload commands coming from the unit capacity control range can be limited to a single value if the two set points are
logic(see unit capacity control section). set to the same value.
Speed is normally changed in 2hz steps. The minimum speed
is 24hz.
When the load delay is active, the speed cannot increase.
When the unload delay is active, the speed cannot decrease.
The load and unload delay times are calculated values.
Manual Capacity Control

The capacity target of the compressor may be controlled
manually. Manual capacity control is enabled via a set point
with choices of auto or manual. Another set point allows setting
the compressor capacity target from 10% to 100%.

Circuit Functions
Fan Staging Control Table 83: 8 Fans per Circuit

Fan Stage Fan Outputs On
Although some fan outputs control more than one fan, the total
number of fans running will always change by one except when 1 1
the compressor shuts down and all fans stop. Fan staging will 2 1,2
accommodate anywhere from 5 to 12 fans per circuit according 3 1,3
to the following table:
4 1,2,3
Table 79: Fan Staging Outputs 5 1,3,4
Fan Output Number # of 6 1,2,3,4
Digintal # of
7 1,3,4,5
1 2 3 4 5 6 Outputs Fans
Used 8 1,2,3,4,5
* * ** * 5
4 Table 84: 9 Fans per Circuit
* * ** ** 6
Fan Stage Fan Outputs On
* * ** ** * 7
* * ** ** ** 5 8 1 1
* * ** ** *** 9 2 1,2
* * ** ** *** * 10 3 1,3
* * ** ** *** ** 6 11
4 1,2,3
* * ** ** *** *** 12
5 1,3,4
Fan Outputs per Fan Stage 6 1,2,3,4
The following tables show the outputs energized for each fan 7 1,2,3,5
stage depending on the number of fans per circuit: 8 1,3,4,5
9 1,2,3,4,5
Table 80: 5 Fans per Circuit
Fan Stage Fan Outputs On Table 85: 10 Fans per Circuit
1 1 Fan Stage Fan Outputs On
2 1,2 1 1
3 1,3 2 1,2
4 1,2,3 3 1,3
5 1,2,3,4 4 1,2,3
5 1,3,4
Table 81: 6 Fans per Circuit 6 1,2,3,4
Fan Stage Fan Outputs On 7 1,2,3,5
1 1 8 1,3,4,5
2 1,2 9 1,2,3,4,5
3 1,3 10 1,2,3,4,5,6
4 1,2,3
5 1,3,4 Table 86: 11 Fans per Circuit
6 1,2,3,4 Fan Stage Fan Outputs On
1 1
Table 82: 7 Fans per Circuit 2 1,2
Fan Stage Fan Outputs On 3 1,3
1 1 4 1,2,3
2 1,2 5 1,3,4
3 1,3 6 1,2,3,4
4 1,2,3 7 1,2,3,5
5 1,3,4 8 1,3,4,5
6 1,2,3,4 9 1,2,3,4,5
7 1,2,3,4,5 10 1,3,4,5,6
11 1,2,3,4,5,6

Circuit Functions
Table 87: 12 Fans per Circuit Stage Down Error Step = (Target - Stage Down dead band) -
Fan Stage Fan Outputs On Saturated Condenser Refrigerant temperature
1 1 The Stage Down Error Step is added to Stage Down
2 1,2
Accumulator once every 5-second Stage Down Error Delay
seconds. When the Stage Down Error Accumulator is greater
3 1,3 than 5°F (2.8°C) another stage of condenser fans is removed.
4 1,2,3
When one fan is running, a fixed point is used in place of a
5 1,3,4 deadband. When the Saturated Condenser temperature drops
6 1,2,3,4 below 69.8°F (21.1°C), stage down error is accumulated.
7 1,2,3,5 When a stage down occurs or the saturated condenser
8 1,3,4,5 temperature rises back within the Stage Down dead band the
9 1,2,3,4,5 Stage Down Error Accumulator is reset to zero.
10 1,2,3,5,6
Figure 87: Fan Staging Up and Down
11 1,3,4,5,6
If this error accumulation is greater than 19.8ºF (11ºC), then stage up.
12 1,2,3,4,5,6
Staging Up (Target) + (Fan Stage Up Deadband)
Six stage-up deadbands are used in fan staging: Target Discharge Saturated Temp
Stage On Deadband 0 - used when no fans are running
Stage On Deadband 1 - used when 1 fan is running (Target) - (Fan Stage Down Deadband)
Stage On Deadband 2 - used when 2 fans are running

If this error accumulation is greater than 5.0ºF (2.8ºC), then stage down.
Stage On Deadband 5 - used when 5 or more fans are
running
Fan Control with VFD
When the saturated condenser temperature is above the Target
+ the active deadband, a Stage Up error is accumulated. As an option, the first fan may be driven by a VFD. The VFD
control will vary the fan speed to drive the saturated condenser
Stage Up Error Step = Saturated Cond. temperature – (Target temperature to a target value. The target value is normally the
+ Stage-Up deadband) same as the saturated condenser temperature target.
The Stage Up Error Step is added to Stage Up Accumulator
once every 5 seconds, only if the Saturated Condenser VFD Speed Signal
Refrigerant Temperature is not falling. When Stage Up Error The VFD speed signal should always be 0 when the fan stage
Accumulator is greater than 19.8°F (11°C) another stage is is 0. When the fan stage is greater than 0, the VFD speed
added. signal will vary between the minimum and maximum speed to
If the circuit is configured to have a VFD on the first fan, then control the saturated condenser temperature to the VFD target.
the first fan will turn on when condenser temperature is above The minimum and maximum speed are set by the VFD Min
the target. Speed and VFD Max Speed set points.
When a stage up occurs or the saturated condenser
temperature falls back within the Stage Up dead band the
Stage Up Compensation
Stage Up Accumulator is reset to zero. In order to create a smoother transition when the fan stage
increases, the VFD compensates by slowing down initially. This
Staging Down is accomplished by adding the new fan stage up deadband
to the VFD target. The higher target causes the VFD logic to
Five stage down dead bands are used in fan staging.
decrease fan speed. Then, every 2 seconds, 0.1°C (0.18°F) is
Stage Off Deadband 2 - used when 2 fans are running subtracted from the VFD target until it is equal to the saturated
Stage Off Deadband 3 - used when 3 fans are running condenser temperature target set point.
Stage Off Deadband 4 - used when 4 fans are running
Stage Off Deadband 5 - used when 5 fans are running
Stage Off Deadband 6 - used when 6 or more fans are
running
When the saturated condenser refrigerant temperature is
below the Target – the active deadband, a Stage Down error is
accumulated.

Circuit Functions
EXV Control Closed Position

The EXV is moved at a rate of 150 steps per second, with When the EXV enters the closed state, it should be reinitialized
a total range of 3810 steps. Positioning is determined as to maintain accurate positioning. This is done by issuing a
described in the following sections, with adjustments made in specific command to the stepper driver that results in the EXV
increments of 0.1% of the total range. being moved in the closed direction by 3910 steps.
If the unit is configured without liquid line solenoid valves, the
Figure 88: EXV Control Transitions
EXV position should be 0% any time the EXV is in a closed
state.
If the unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves, the
EXV position should be 0% when the EXV initially enters the
closed state, while it is reinitializing to the zero position. After
the EXV position command has been 0% for a minute, the EXV
should be moved to 5% to prevent excessive pressure buildup
between the EXV and liquid line solenoid valve.
Preopen Operation
Preopen operation will vary depending on the unit
configuration. The unit will be configured for use with or
without liquid line solenoid valves via a set point.
Without Liquid Line Solenoid Valves

T1 – Closed to Preopen - EXV goes to preopen state when When the unit is configured without liquid line solenoid valves,
the circuit enters the preopen state and the selected preopen the EXV will open to 5% and the EXV state
time is not 0. will remain preopen for 5 seconds before the compressor is
T2 – Closed to Pressure Control - EXV goes to pressure started.
control state when the circuit enters the preopen state and
the selected preopen time is 0. This effectively skips the EXV With Liquid Line Solenoid Valves
preopen operation. When the unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves,
T3 – Preopen to Pressure Control - EXV has been in preopen operation will vary depending on the evaporator and
preopen state for a time equal to the selected preopen time. condenser pressure at the time the circuit is starting.
T4 – Pressure Control to Superheat Control - All of the If evaporator pressure is less than condenser pressure, the
following are required: EXV will open to 50% and the EXV state will remain preopen
for 25 seconds before the compressor is started.
• DSH is 12°C or higher for at least a minute or SSH is less
than the SSH target for at least five seconds If evaporator pressure is equal to or higher than condenser
• Compressor has been running at least three minutes pressure, the preopen time will be 0 (position will already be
5%).
• Evaporator LWT is 15.5°C (59.9°F) or less
• EXV has been in pressure control state for at least a Pressure Control Operation
minute
In pressure control, the EXV is positioned to control the
T5 – Superheat Control to Pressure Control - Any of the
evaporator pressure to a target.
following are required:
• Evap LWT is higher than 17°C (62.6°F) for at least 20 Minimum Pressure Target Calculation
seconds
There is a minimum allowed value for the pressure target
• DSH is less than 12°C (21.6°F) for at least five minutes calculation on units with and without compressor VFD’s. To get
and evaporator pressure is higher than the pressure this minimum value, first the following calculation is performed:
target will be in pressure control
LWT x 6.3617 + 109.65
T6 – Preopen to Closed - Any of the following are required:
Then, this value is limited to a range from the low pressure
• Circuit state is Off
hold set point plus 14 kpa up to 350 kpa. This value
• Circuit state is Pumpdown
is the minimum that is allowed for the pressure target
T7 – Pressure Control to Closed - Any of the following are
calculations.
required:
• Circuit state is Off
• Circuit state is Pumpdown

Circuit Functions
Pressure Target of the superheat. Position commands generated by the PID

are filtered so that the minimum change in position is 0.3%.
The pressure target is calculated based on evaporator LWT,
Changes of less than this are ignored.
offset based on DSH, then limits applied to keep the target in
an acceptable range. Position commands generated by the PID are also limited to
a maximum change of 1.1% for chillers with two circuits and
The base target value varies from 180 kpa to 350 kpa (26.11
0.9% for chillers with three circuits. This allows the stepper
to 50.76 PSI) as LWT varies from 4.44°C to 26.67°C (39.99°F
to move the valve to the commanded position before the
to 80°F), and is then limited to a range from the calculated
next position command is issued in the program cycle. The
minimum pressure target value up to 350 kpa (50.76 PSI).
maximum change is different between two and three circuit
The base target may be adjusted if the discharge superheat chillers because the number of circuits has a large effect on the
is not within an acceptable range. If the superheat is less program cycle time.
than 12°C (21.6°F), the pressure target will be reduced by 24
The minimum and maximum change limits are in place to
x (DSH – 12). If the superheat is more than 22°C (39.6°F),
minimum the chance of losing EXV steps.
the pressure target will be increased by 24 x (DSH – 22).
The adjusted target is limited to a range from the calculated
minimum pressure target value up to 350 kpa (50.76 PSI).
Economizer Control
When the EXV transitions from closed or preopen to pressure
The economizer is activated by turning on the output that
control, the pressure target will be forced to the calculated
controls the economizer solenoid valve. Conditions for
minimum pressure target value for three minutes. After that,
activating the economizer differ between units with and without
the pressure target will begin increasing by 1 kpa every second
compressor VFD’s.
until reaching the normal calculated target. Any time a low
pressure ratio is encountered during this time, the target will
stop increasing until the pressure ratio is normal for at least 10 Economizer Activation – Without
seconds. Compressor VFD’s
When the EXV transitions from superheat control to pressure The economizer is activated when the circuit is in the run state
control, the target will start at the current evaporator pressure. and the target capacity exceeds 95%.
The pressure target will then be decreased until reaching the
It will turn back off when either the target capacity drops below
normal calculated target, at a rate of 3 kPa (0.44 PSI) per
80% or the circuit is no longer in a run state.
second. If the pressure at transition is less than the calculated
target, then pressure control will start immediately with the
calculated target. Economizer Activation – With
Compressor VFD’s
Superheat Control Operation The economizer is activated when the circuit is in the run
In superheat control, the EXV is positioned to control suction state, the capacity reaches the Economizer Enable Capacity
superheat. The superheat target varies linearly from 2.8 to 5.5 set point or higher, and the OAT is less than a certain value.
°C (5 to 9.9 °F) as discharge superheat changes from 17 to 12 The temperature value is dependent on the sizes of the
°C (30.6 to 21.6 °F) and is limited to a range from 2.8 to 5.5 °C compressors on the unit. For units that have an F4AS or F4AL
(5 to 9.9 °F). This target is constantly updated, and averaged compressor on any circuit, the temperature value is 40.83°C
over a 10 second period. (105.5°F). For all other units the value is 43.61°C (110.5°F).
When the EXV transitions to the superheat control state, the The economizer will turn back off when either the capacity
target will start at the current suction superheat value (limited drops to 20% below the Economizer Enable Capacity set point
to a maximum of 8°C or 46.4°F). This target will then be or the circuit is no longer in the run state.
adjusted 0.1°C (0.18°F) every five seconds until reaching the
normal calculated target.
Liquid Injection
EXV Operating Range Liquid injection is activated by turning on the liquid injection
Whenever the compressor is running and the circuit is not output. It will be activated when the circuit is in the run state
pumping down, the EXV can operate in a range from 5% to and the discharge temperature rises above the Liquid Injection
100% open. Activation set point.
Liquid injection will be turned off when the discharge
EXV Positioning – Pressure and temperature drops to 15°C (27°F) below the activation set point
or the circuit is no longer in the run state.
Superheat Control
When the EXV control state is either pressure control or
superheat control, the position is adjusted using a PID function.
The proportional factor of the PID when in superheat control is
determined by the compressor size to allow for stable control

Circuit Functions
Liquid Line Solenoid Valve Solid State Starter Fault Clearing

The liquid line solenoid valve output will be on any time the Units could have either Benshaw or Schneider starters. The
circuit is in the Start or Run state. It will be off when the circuit controller software operation differs depending on which
is in any other state. starters the unit is equipped with.
The Benshaw starters have special programming that
automatically clears certain faults. So, when alarms are cleared
Capacity Overrides in the controller the starter will be ready to run if the fault is an
The following conditions override automatic capacity control auto clearing fault and it is no longer active. Some faults in the
as described. These overrides keep the circuit from entering a Benshaw starter do not automatically clear, and those faults
condition in which it is not designed to run. must be cleared in the starter before the starter fault alarm can
be cleared in the controller.
Low Evaporator Pressure In the Schneider starters, all faults must be manually cleared.
The compressor capacity will be decreased or limited from In order to mimic the behavior of the Benshaw
increasing if the evaporator pressure starts to approach the starters, the last fault code will be read from the Schneider
limits. See the section on the low evaporator pressure events starters. If the fault is one that can be auto cleared,
for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
then the reset command will be sent to the starter when the
conditions.
alarms are cleared in the controller. This communication is
via modbus, and if the communication is not working then all
High Condenser Pressure starter faults must be cleared manually in the starter.
The compressor capacity will be decreased or limited from
increasing if the condenser pressure starts to approach the
limits. See the section on the high condenser pressure events
for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
conditions.
High Motor Amps

If the unit has compressor VFD’s, the compressor capacity will
be decreased or limited from increasing if the motor amps start
to approach the limits. See the section on the high motor amp
events for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
conditions.
High Water Temperature Capacity Limit

If the evaporator LWT is 25°C (77°F) or higher, and the
capacity is 80%, the compressor will not increase in capacity.
If the evaporator LWT is 25°C (77°F) or higher, and the
capacity is higher than 80%, the compressor capacity will be
reduced until it is at 80% or lower.
Once this limit has triggered, it will be in effect until evaporator
LWT is less than 25°C (77°F) for at least a minute.
Part Load Shutdown

If the unit is configured with glycol, then a circuit may shut
down if certain conditions are met. See the section on the part
load shutdown event for details on trigger conditions, actions
taken, and reset conditions.
Compressor VFD Fault Clearing

When a VFD fault occurs, the VFD fault alarm is triggered in
the controller. When the alarm is cleared in the
controller, the fault will be cleared in the VFD assuming the
fault condition no longer exists.

Alarms and Events
Alarms and Events
Situations may arise that require some action from the Description of Alarms
chiller, or that should be logged for future reference. Alarms
are classified in the following sections per the Global Chiller The alarms have the following conventions:
Protocol Standard using the Fault/Problem/Warning scheme. ALARM, any condition outside of normal operation requiring
When any Unit Fault Alarm is active, the alarm digital output some action on the part of the control or information useful to
should be turned on continuously. If all circuits have a Circuit the operator or to be logged for future reference
Fault Alarm active, the alarm digital output should be turned on WARNING, an alarm indicating a condition that is not critical to
continuously. If no Unit Fault Alarm is active and only some of safe unit operation, but is worthy of note and/or logging.
the circuits have Circuit Fault Alarms active, the alarm digital
PROBLEM, a alarm that indicates operation off normal and
output should alternate five seconds on and five seconds off.
requires some action by the control such as unloading a
All alarms appear in the active alarm list while active. All alarms compressor.
are added to the alarm log when triggered and when cleared.
FAULT, an alarm with consequences serious enough to
Entries in the log representing the occurrence of an alarm will
require a compressor, a circuit, or entire unit to shutdown. The
be preceded by ‘+’ while entries representing the clearing of an
shutdown may be rapid, bypassing the pumpdown cycle, or
alarm will be preceded by ‘-‘.
controlled and incorporate the pumpdown cycle.
Signaling Alarms Alarm description conventions:
The following actions will signal that an alarm has occurred: • CnCmpn OffMechPressLo, the Cn is the circuit number;
The unit or a circuit will execute a rapid or pumpdown shutoff. the Cmpn is the compressor number.
An alarm bell icon will be displayed in the upper right-hand • UnitOff EvapWaterFlow, UnitOff refers to the entire unit.
corner of all controller screens including the optional remote
user interface panel’s screens. Unit Faults
An optional field supplied and wired remote alarm device will PVM/GFP Fault
be activated.
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffPvmGfp
Clearing Alarms/Faults Trigger: Power Configuration = Single Point
Active alarms can be cleared through the keypad/display or a AND PVM/GFP Enable = Yes
BAS network. Alarms are automatically cleared when controller
power is cycled. Alarms are cleared only if the conditions AND Unit PVM/GFP Input is open
required to initiate the alarm no longer exist. All alarms and Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits
groups of alarms can be cleared via the keypad or network
Reset: Auto reset for at least 5 seconds when:
via LON using nviClearAlarms and via BACnet using the
ClearAlarms object. Unit PVM/GFP Input is closed
To use the keypad, follow the Alarm links to the Alarms screen, OR PVM/GFP Enable = No
which will show Active Alarms and Alarm Log. Select Active OR Power Configuration = Multi Point
Alarm and press the wheel to view the Alarm List (list of current
active alarms). They are in order of occurrence with the most Evaporator Flow Loss
recent on top. The second line on the screen shows Alm Cnt
(number of alarms currently active) and the status of the alarm Alarm description (as shown on screen):
clear function. Off indicates that the Clear function is off and UnitOffEvapWaterFlow
the alarm is not cleared. Press the wheel to go to the edit Trigger:
mode. The Alm Clr (alarm clear) parameter will be highlighted
1: Evaporator Pump State = Run AND Evaporator Flow
with OFF showing. To clear all alarms, rotate the wheel to
Digital Input = No Flow for time > Flow Proof Set Point AND
select ON and enter it by pressing the wheel.
at least one compressor running
An active password is not necessary to clear alarms.
2: Evaporator Pump State = Start for time greater than
If the problem(s) causing the alarm have been corrected, the Recirc Timeout Set Point and all pumps have been tried and
alarms will be cleared, disappear from the Active Alarm list Evaporator Flow Digital Input = No Flow
and be posted in the Alarm Log. If not corrected, the On will
Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits
immediately change back to OFF and the unit will remain in the
alarm condition. Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS command.
Remote Alarm Signal If active via trigger condition 1:
The unit is configured to allow field wiring of a remote When the alarm occurs due to this trigger, it can auto reset
alarm device. See the field wiring diagram in the Electrical the first two times each day, with the third occurrence being
Information section. manual reset.

Alarms and Events
For the auto reset occurrences, the alarm will reset AC Comm Failure
automatically when the evaporator state is Run again. This
Alarm description (as shown on screen):
means the alarm stays active while the unit waits for flow,
AlrmLimCtrlrCommFail
then it goes through the recirculation process after flow is
detected. Once the recirculation is complete, the evaporator Trigger: Communication with the I/O extension module has
goes to the Run state which will clear the alarm. After three failed.
occurrences, the count of occurrences is reset and the cycle Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits
starts over if the manual reset flow loss alarm is cleared.
Reset:This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
If active via trigger condition 2: or BAS command when communicationbetween main
If the flow loss alarm has occurred due to this trigger, it is a controller and the extension module is working for 5
manual reset alarm. seconds.
Evaporator Water Freeze Protect Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Fault

Alarm description (as shown on screen): Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffAmbTempSen
UnitOffEvapWaterTmpLo Trigger: Sensor shorted or open
Trigger: Evaporator LWT or EWT drops below evaporator Action Taken: Normal shutdown of all circuits
freeze protect set point for longer than evap recirc time
specified. If the sensor fault is active for either LWT or EWT, Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
then that sensor value cannot trigger the alarm. controller keypad or BAS command if the sensor is back in
range.
Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit External Alarm
controller keypad if alarm trigger conditions no longer exist. Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffExternal Alarm
Evaporator Water Temperatures Inverted Trigger: External Alarm/Event input is open for at least 5
seconds and external fault input is configured as an alarm
UnitOffEvpWTempInvrtd Action Taken: Rapid stop of all circuits
Trigger: Evap EWT < Evap LWT - 1 deg C AND at least one Reset: Auto clear when digital input is closed
circuit is running AND EWT sensor fault not active AND LWT
sensor fault not active for 30 sec Emergency Stop Alarm
Action Taken: No stop on all circuits Alarm description (as shown on screen):
UnitOffEmergencyStop
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS command. Trigger: Emergency Stop input is open
Action Taken: Rapid stop of all circuits
Leaving Evaporator Water Temperature Sensor
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad or
Fault via BAS command if the emergency switch is closed.
UnitOffEvpLvgWTempSen Unit Problem Alarms
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open The following unit events are logged in the warning log with a
Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits time stamp.
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit Evaporator Pump #1 Failure
controller keypad or BAS command if the sensor is back in
range. Alarm description (as shown on screen): EvapPmp1Fault
Trigger: Unit is configured with primary and backup pumps,
Entering Evaporator Water Temperature Sensor pump #1 is running, and the pump control logic switches to
Fault pump #2
Alarm description (as shown on screen: Action Taken: Backup pump is used
UnitOffEvpEntWTempSen Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad or
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open BAS command
Action Taken: Normal stop of all circuits
Evaporator Pump #2 Failure
Alarm description (as shown on screen): EvapPmp2Fault
controller keypad or BAS command if the sensor is back in
range. Trigger: Unit is configured with primary and backup pumps,

Alarms and Events
pump #2 is running, and the pump Action Taken: Rapid stop unit or circuit
control logic switches to pump #1 Rese: Auto reset when Circuit PVM/GFP Input is closed
Action Taken: Backup pump is used OR PVM/GFP Enable = No OR Power Configuration =
Single Point for at least 5 seconds
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad or
BAS command
Low Evaporator Pressure
Unit Warning Alarms Alarm description (as shown on screen):
CnCmpnOffEvpPressLo
The following unit events are logged in the warning log with a
time stamp. Trigger 1:
This alarm will trigger when Freeze time is exceeded and
External Event Circuit State = Run.
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitExternalEvent Freezestat logic allows the circuit to run for varying times at
Trigger: External Alarm/Event input is open for at least 5 low pressures. The lower the pressure, the shorter the time
seconds and external fault is configured as an alarm the compressor can run. This time is calculated as follows:
Action Taken: None Freeze error = Low Evaporator Pressure Unload –

Evaporator Pressure
Reset: Auto clear when digital input is closed
Freeze time = 70 – 0.906 x freeze error, limited to a range of
Bad Demand Limit Input 20-70 seconds
Alarm description (as shown on screen): BadDemandLimitInput When the evaporator pressure goes below the Low
Evaporator Pressure Unload set point, a timer starts. If this
Trigger: Demand limit input out of range and demand limit timer exceeds the freeze time, then a freezestat trip occurs.
is enabled. For this alarm out of range is considered to be a If the evaporator pressure rises to the unload set point or
signal less than 3mA or more than 21mA higher, and the freeze time has not been exceeded, the
Action Taken: None timer will reset.
Reset: Auto clear when demand limit disabled or demand Trigger 2:
limit input back in range for 5 seconds This alarm will trigger if Evaporator Press is less than -69
kPa (-10 PSI) for longer than one second.
Bad LWT Reset Input
For either trigger condition, the alarm cannot trigger if the
Alarm description (as shown on screen): evaporator pressure sensor fault is active..
BadSetptOverrideInput
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
Trigger: LWT reset input out of range and LWT reset =
4-20mA. For this alarm out of range is considered to be a Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the Unit
signal less than 3mA or more than 21mA. Controller keypad if the evaporator pressure is above -69
kPa (-10 PSI).
Action Taken: None
Reset: Auto clear when LWT reset is not 4-20mA or LWT Low Pressure Start Fail
reset input back in range for 5 seconds Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnOffStrtFailEvpPrLo
Trigger: Circuit state = start for time greater than Startup
Circuit Faults Time set point.
All circuit stop alarms require shutdown of the circuit on which
they occur. Rapid stop alarms do not trigger a pumpdown
before shutting off. All other alarms will initiate a pumpdown. Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
When one or more circuit alarms are active and no unit alarms
are active, the alarm output will be switched on and off on 5
second intervals. Mechanical Low Pressure Switch
Alarm descriptions apply to all circuits, the circuit number is
CnCmpnOffMechPressLo
represented by ‘n’ in the description.
Trigger: Circuit state = start for time greater than Startup
Phase Volts (PVM)/GFP Fault Time set point.
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffPhaseVoltage Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
or CnOff PhaseVoltage Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the Unit
Trigger: Power configuration = Multi Point and PVM/GFP Controller keypad if the Mechanical Low Pressure Switch
Enable = Yes and Circuit PVM/GFP Input is open Input is high .

Alarms and Events
High Condenser Pressure High Oil Pressure Difference

Alarm description (as shown on screen): Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn
CnCmpnOffCondPressHi OffOilPrDiffHi
Trigger: Condenser Saturated Temperature > Max Saturated Trigger: Circuit is in the Run state and Oil Pressure
Condenser Value for time > High Cond Delay set point. Differential > High Oil Pressure Differential set point for a
time greater than Oil Pressure Differential Delay.
controller keypad. Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS command
Low Pressure Ratio
Alarm description (as shown on screen): Compressor Starter Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn OffStarterFlt
CnCmpnOffPrRatioLo
Trigger:
Trigger: Pressure ratio is less than calculated limit for longer
than the Low Pressure Ratio Delay set point after circuit If starter type = Benshaw or Schneider: any time starter fault
startup has completed. The calculated limit will vary from input is open
1.4 to 1.8 as the compressor’s capacity varies from 10% to
If starter type = wye delta: compressor has been running for
100%. at least 14 seconds and starter fault input is open for at least
Pressure ratio is calculated as shown with pressures in kPa: 3 seconds
Ratio = (Condenser Pressure + 101.325)/(Evaporator Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
Pressure + 101.325) Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
Pressure ratio limit is calculated as: controller keypad or BAS command.
Limit = 0.00444(capacity) + 1.35556
High Motor Temperature
Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit CnCmpnOffMotorTempHi
Trigger:
Mechanical High Pressure (MHP) Switch Motor Protection input is open for longer than two seconds.
Alarm description (as shown on screen): Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
CnCmpnOffMechPressHi Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
Trigger: Mechanical High Pressure switch input is low AND controller keypad after Motor Protection input has been
Emergency Stop Alarm is not active. (opening emergency closed for at least 5 minutes.
stop switch kills power to MHP switches).
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit Low OAT Restart Fault
CnCmpnOffNbrRestarts
controller keypad if the MHP switch input is high
Trigger: Circuit has failed three low OAT start attempts
High Discharge Temperature Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
OffDischTmpHi controller keypad or BAS command.
Trigger: Discharge Temperature > High Discharge
Temperature set point AND compressor is running. Alarm No Pressure Change After Start
cannot trigger if temperature sensor fault is active Alarm description (as shown on screen):
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit CnOffNoPressChgStart
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit Trigger: After start of compressor, at least a 1 psi drop
controller keypad or BAS command in evaporator pressure OR 5 psi increase in condenser
pressure has not occurred after 40 seconds.

Alarms and Events
No Pressure At Startup Compressor VFD Communication Failed

Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnOffNoPressAtStart Alarm description (as shown on screen):
CnCmpnOffVfdCommFail
Trigger: Either Evap Pressure < 35 kPa (5.1 psi) OR
Cond Pressure < 35 kPa (5.1 psi) AND Compressor start Trigger: Unit has compressor VFD’s and there is either a
requested AND circuit does not have a fan VFD modbus configuration error or there are 10 consecutive read
or write errors.
controller keypad or BAS command if Evap Pressure > Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
35 kPa (5.1 psi) and Cond Pressure > 35 kPa (5.1 psi), or controller keypad or BAS command.
circuit is configured for fan VFD.
Compressor VFD Fault
Low Discharge Superheat Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpnOffVfdFault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): Trigger: Fault flag from VFD is set - VFD is sending a fault
CnCmpn OffLowDischSHLo status to controller via modbus communications
Trigger: If all of the following are true for at least 20 minutes, Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
the alarm is triggered:
• Circuit state is run controller keypad or BAS command.
• Liquid injection is off
• DSH is less than the Low DSH Limit set point CC Comm Failure
Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit Alarm description (as shown on screen):
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit CnOffCmpCttrlComFail
controller keypad or BAS command. Trigger: Compressor is running when controller loses power
Action Taken: N/A
Power Loss While Running
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
Event description (as shown on screen): CnPwrLossRun
or BAS command when communication between main
Trigger: Compressor is running when controller loses power controller and the extension module is working for 5
Action Taken: N/A seconds.
Reset: N/A CC Comm Failure

High Motor Amps Alarm description (as shown on screen):
CnOffCmpCtrlrComFail
CnCmp1 OffMtrAmpsHi Trigger: Communication with the I/O extension module has
failed.
Trigger: Alarm is triggered if unit has compressor VFD’s,
compressor is running, and motor current exceeds the high Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
motor amps shutdown value. Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
Action Taken:Rapid stop circuit or BAS command when communication between main
controller and the extension module is working for 5
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the Unit seconds.
Controller keypad or via BAS command.
FC Comm Failure Circuit 1 and 2
Compressor VFD Temperature High
Alarm description (as shown on screen): C1C2OffFnCtlrComFail
CnCmpnOffVfdTempHi
Trigger: [Circuit 1 or Circuit 2 Number of Fans > 6 OR
Trigger: Alarm is triggered if unit has compressor VFD’s, PVM Config = Multi Point] and communication with the I/O
compressor is running, and VFD heatsink temperature (as extension module has failed.
reported via modbus) exceeds 120°C (248°F) for at least
five seconds. Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit 1 and 2
Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit controller and the extension module is working for 5
controller keypad or BAS command. seconds.

Alarms and Events
FC Comm Failure Circuit 3 Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS if the sensor is back in range.
Alarm description (as shown on screen): C3OffFnCtlrComFail
Trigger: Chiller is configured with three circuits and Oil Pressure Sensor Fault
communication with the I/O extension module has failed.
Action Taken: Rapid stop of circuit 3 CnCmpnOffOilFeedSen
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad Trigger: Sensor shorted or open
seconds. Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS if the sensor is back in range.
FC Comm Failure Circuit 3/4
Suction Temperature Sensor Fault
C3C4OffFnCtlrComFail Alarm description (as shown on screen):
CnCmpnOffSuctTempSen
Trigger: Chiller is configured with three circuits , circuit
3 number of fans > 6, and communication with the I/O Trigger: Sensor shorted or open.
extension module has failed. Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit
Action Taken: Rapid stop of circuit 3 Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad controller keypad or BAS if the sensor is back in range.
controller and the extension module is working for 5 Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault
seconds. Alarm description (as shown on screen):
CnCmpnOffDishTmpSen
EEXV Comm Failure N
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open
CnOffEXVCtrlrComFail Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit
Trigger: Communication with the I/O extension module has Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
failed. controller keypad or BAS if the sensor is back in range.
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit Slide Position Sensor Fault

Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad Alarm description (as shown on screen):
or BAS command when communication between main CnCmpnOffSlidePosSen
seconds. Trigger: Sensor reads less than 1mA or higher than 23mA,
unit is configured for use with slide position sensors, and
Evaporator Pressure Sensor Fault circuit capacity control is set to auto
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpnOffEvpPress Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit
Sen Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the Unit
Trigger: When sensor is shorted or open, the alarm should Controller keypad if the trigger conditions no longer exist.
be triggered, with the following exception. If the evaporator
LWT is 30°C (86°F) or higher, the fault should not be Low Remote Evaporator pressure
triggered due to the input signal reading too high unless the Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn
circuit has been running for longer than 90 seconds OffMechPressLo
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit Trigger: [Freezestat trip AND Circuit State = Run OR
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit Evaporator Press , -10 psi
controller keypad or BAS command if the sensor is back in When the remote evaporator pressure goes below the Low
range Remote Evaporator Pressure Unload set point, a timer
starts. If this timer exceeds the freeze time, then a freezestat
Condenser Pressure Sensor Fault trip occurs. If the evaporator pressure rises to the unload set
Alarm description (as shown on screen): point or higher, and the freeze time has not been exceeded,
CnCmpnOffCondPressSen the timer will reset.
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit Reset: This alarm is cleared manually if the evaporator
pressure is above 10 psi.

Alarms and Events
Failed Pumpdown Reset: This event is cleared when the evaporator pressure
rises at least 14 kPa (2.03 PSI) above the Low Evaporator
Event description (as shown on screen): CnFailedPumpdown
Pressure Hold set point. It is also cleared if the circuit is no
Trigger: Circuit state = pumpdown for time > Pumpdown longer in the run state or the unit operating mode is changed
Time set point to Ice.
Action Taken: Shut down circuit
High Condenser Pressure - Hold
Reset: N/A
Trigger: This event will trigger when the circuit state is run
and saturated condenser temperature exceeds the high
Events saturated condenser hold value.
Situations may arise that require some action from the chiller Action Taken: Compressor will not be able to increase in
or that should be logged for future reference, but aren’t severe capacity
enough to track as alarms. These events are stored in a log Reset: This event is cleared when the saturated condenser
separate from alarms. This log shows the time and date of the temperature drops at least 5.6°C (10.08°F) below the high
latest occurrence, the count of occurrences for the current day, saturated condenser hold value. It is also cleared if the
and the count of occurrences for each of the previous 7 days. circuit is no longer in the run state.
Unit Power Restore High Condenser Pressure - Unload

Trigger: Unit controller is powered up. Trigger: This event will trigger when the circuit state is run
Action Taken: Non and saturated condenser temperature exceeds the high
saturated condenser unload value.
Reset: N/A
Action Taken: The compressor capacity will decrease by
Low Evaporator Pressure - Hold one step every 5 seconds until the saturated condenser
temperature drops down to the high saturated condenser
Trigger: This event will trigger when the unit mode is cool, unload value or lower.
the circuit state is run, and evaporator pressure drops below
the Low Evaporator Pressure Hold set point. Reset: This event is cleared when the saturated condenser
temperature drops at least 5.6°C (10.08°F) below the high
If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s, the hold cannot saturated condenser unload value. It is also cleared if the
be triggered for 60 seconds following the capacity change of circuit is no longer in the run state.
the compressor from 50% to 60% or from 60% to 50%.
Action Taken: Compressor will not be able to increase in High Motor Amps – Hold
capacity. Trigger: This event will trigger if the unit has compressor
Reset: This event is cleared when the evaporator pressure VFD’s, the compressor is running, and the motor current
rises at least 14 kPa (2.03 PSI) above the Low Evaporator exceeds the high motor amps hold value.
Pressure Hold set point. It is also cleared if the circuit is no Action Taken: Compressor n will not be able to increase in
longer in the run state or the unit operating mode is changed capacity.
to Ice.
Reset: This event is cleared when the motor current drops
Low Evaporator Pressure - Unload below the high motor amps hold value for at least 10
seconds. It is also cleared if the compressor is no longer
Trigger: This event will trigger when the unit mode is cool, running.
the circuit state is run, and evaporator pressure drops below
the Low Evaporator Pressure Unload set point. High Motor Amps - Unload
If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s, the unload Trigger: This event will trigger if the unit has compressor
cannot be triggered for 60 seconds following the capacity VFD’s, the compressor is running, and the motor current
change of the compressor from 50% to 60% or from 60% to exceeds the high motor amps unload value or the motor
50%. current exceeds the high motor amps delayed unload value
Action Taken: If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s, for at least 20 seconds.
the compressor capacity will decrease by one step every 5 Action Taken:The compressor capacity will decrease by one
seconds until the evaporator pressure rises up to the Low step every 5 seconds.
Evaporator Pressure Unload set point or higher.
Reset: This event is cleared when the motor current drops
If the unit has compressor VFD’s, the compressor below the high motor amps delayed unload value for at least
capacity will decrease by one step every 4 seconds until 3 seconds. It is also cleared if the compressor is no longer
the evaporator pressure rises up to the Low Evaporator running.
Pressure Unload set point or higher.

Alarms and Events
Part Load Shutdown

Trigger: All of the following are required to trigger this event:
• unit is configured with glycol
• condenser saturated temperature > (evaporator saturated
temperature x 2) + 68.3
• circuit capacity < 50%
• evaporator saturated temperature less than -5°C (23°F)
• circuit has been running at least 10 minutes
• at least 10 minutes has passed since any other circuit
shut down
Once the above conditions are met for at least five minutes,
the event is triggered.
Action Taken:Normal shutdown of circuit. If two circuits
satisfy these conditions at the same time, then the one that
should be next off by the normal sequencing rules will shut
down.
Reset: N/A
Alarm Logging
When an alarm occurs, the alarm type, date, and time are
stored in the active alarm buffer corresponding to that alarm
(viewed on the Alarm Active screens) also in the alarm history
buffer (viewed on the Alarm Log screens). The active alarm
buffers hold a record of all current alarms.
A separate alarm log stores the last 25 alarms to occur. When
an alarm occurs, it is put into the first slot in the alarm log and
all others are moved down one, dropping the last alarm. The
date and time the alarm occurred are stored in the alarm log.
Event Log
This menu is accessed through the alarm menu. It gives
access to the event occurrence over a seven day period and
the last occurrence with time and date for:
• Unit Power Restore
• Low Pressure Hold
• Low Pressure Unload
• High Pressure Hold
• High Pressure Unload
• High Current Hold
• High Current Unload

Using the Controller
Unit Controller Operation

Figure 89: Unit Controller
The keypad/display consists of a 5-line by 22-character lines (parameters) “below” the currently displayed items or an
display, three buttons (keys) and a “push and roll” navigation “up/down” arrow to indicate there are lines “above and below”
wheel. There is an Alarm Button, Menu (Home) Button, and the currently displayed line. The selected line is highlighted.
a Back Button. The wheel is used to navigate between lines Each line on a screen can contain status-only information or
on a screen (page) and to increase and decrease changeable include changeable data fields (set points).
values when editing. Pushing the wheel acts as an Enter
Button and will jump from a link to the next set of parameters. A line in a menu may also be a link to further menus. This
is often referred to as a jump line, meaning pushing the
Figure 90: Typical Screen navigation wheel will cause a “jump” to a new menu. An arrow
is displayed to the far right of the line to indicate it is a “jump”
♦6 View/Set Unit 3 line and the entire line is highlighted when the cursor is on that
line.
Status/Settings >
NOTE: Only menus and items that are applicable to the
Set Up > specific unit configuration are displayed.
Temperature >
This manual includes information relative to the operator level
Date/Time/Schedule > of parameters; data and set points necessary for the every
day operation of the chiller. There are more extensive menus
available for the use of service technicians.
Generally, each line on the display contains a menu title, a
parameter (such as a value or a set point), or a link (which will
have an arrow in the right of the line) to a further menu.
The first line visible on each display includes the menu title and
the line number to which the cursor is currently “pointing”, in
the above case 3, Temperature.
The left most position of the title line includes an “up” arrow ▲
to indicate there are lines (parameters) “above” the currently
displayed line; and/or a “down” arrow ▼ to indicate there are

Navigating the current navigation path until the “main menu” is reached.
When power is applied to the control circuit, the controller When the Menu (Home) Button is pressed the display reverts
screen will be active and display the Home screen, which can to the “main page.”
also be accessed by pressing the Menu Button The navigating When the Alarm Button is depressed, the Alarm Lists menu is
wheel is the only navigating device necessary, although the displayed.
MENU, ALARM, and BACK buttons can provide shortcuts as
explained later. Edit Mode
The Editing Mode is entered by pressing the navigation wheel
Passwords
while the cursor is pointing to a line containing an editable field.
Enter passwords from the Main Menu: Once in the edit mode pressing the wheel again causes the
• Enter Password links to the Entry screen, which is an editable field to be highlighted. Turning the wheel clockwise
editable screen. So pressing the wheel goes to the edit while the editable field is highlighted causes the value to be
mode where the password (5321 for operators) can be increased. Turning the wheel counter-clockwise while the
entered. The first (*) will be highlighted, rotate the wheel editable field is highlighted causes the value to be decreased.
clockwise to the first number and set it by pressing the The faster the wheel is turned the faster the value is increased
wheel. Repeat for the remaining three numbers. The or decreased. Pressing the wheel again cause the new value
password will time out after 10 minutes with no keypad to be saved and the keypad/display to leave the edit mode and
activity, and is cancelled if a new password is entered or return to the navigation mode.
the control powers down. A parameter with an “R” is read only; it is giving a value or
• Not entering a password allows access to a limited description of a condition. An “R/W indicates a read and/or
number of parameters (with asterisks) as shown in Figure write opportunity; a value can be read or changed (providing
93. the proper password has been entered).
Link and parameter access is indicated for the various
Figure 91: Password Menu password levels with one column for each level. Column
headings for the password levels are as follows and shown in
Main Menu 1/3
Figure 92:
Enter Password >
N = No password
Unit Status
O = Operator level
Off: Unit Sw
T = Technician level
ACTIVE SETPT 44.6°F
D = Daikin Applied factory service technician level
Entering an invalid password has the same effect as not
entering a password. Screen navigational links:
Once a valid password has been entered, the controller • For each link on a screen, the linked screen is indicated
allows further changes and access without requiring the user in the rightmost column.
to enter a password until either the password timer expires • For each screen, the screen(s) from which you can
or a different password is entered. The default value for this navigate to it is also shown in parentheses after the
password timer is 10 minutes. screen identifier.
• For most circuit or compressor level parameters, there
Navigation Mode is a link to a screen that shows the values for all circuits/
When the navigation wheel is turned clockwise, the cursor compressors which is indicated in the ‘Links to screen’
moves to the next line (down) on the page. When the wheel is column as *.
turned counter-clockwise the cursor moves to the previous line For many of the circuit level screens, only one screen will be
(up) on the page. The faster the wheel is turned the faster the shown in this section. The same set of screens exists for each
cursor moves. Pushing the wheel acts as an “Enter” button. circuit and compressor. These screens are the ones with ‘Cx’
Three types of lines exist: and Cmpx’ identifiers.
• Menu title, displayed in the first line as in Figure 91.

Figure 92: Example of Screen Menu With Access Levels
• Link (also called Jump) having an arrow ( > ) in the right
of the line and used to link to the next menu.
• Parameters with a value or adjustable set point.
For example, “Time Until Restart” jumps from level 1 to level 2
and stops there.
When the Back Button is pressed the display reverts back to
the previously displayed page. If the Back button is repeatedly
pressed the display continues to revert one page back along

Figure 93: HMI Keypad Navigation

Optional Remote User Interface
The optional remote user interface is a remote control panel the following page. The remote panel is powered from the unit
that mimics operation of the controller located on the unit. Up and no additional power supply is required.
to eight Pathfinder® units can be connected to it and selected All viewing and setpoint adjustments available on the unit
on the screen. It provides HMI (Human Machine Interface) controller are available on the remote panel. Navigation is
within a building, the building engineer’s office for example, identical to the unit controller as described in this manual.
without going outdoors to the unit.
The initial screen when the remote is turned on shows the units
It can be ordered with the unit and shipped loose as a field connected to it. Highlight the desired unit and press the wheel
installed option. It can also be ordered anytime after chiller to access it. The remote will automatically show the units
shipment and mounted and wired on the job as explained on attached to it, no initial entry is required.
Figure 94: Remote User Interface Layout
Menu Button
Alarm Button Back Button Push and Roll

w/ Flashing Red Alarm Light Navigating Wheel


Optional Compressor VFD
An optional variable frequency drive (VFD) for each unit • An alarm bell icon will be displayed in the upper right-
compressor provides compressor speed reduction to the hand corner of all controller screens including the optional
extent permissible by chiller load and discharge pressure remote user interface panel’s screens.
requirements. The speed reduction provides significant energy • The remote alarm circuit will be energized (wiring to a
savings over fixed-speed compressors. remote alarm device is optional)
The VFD has its own controller that monitors VFD operation, • The drive output is interrupted and the compressor coasts
provides safety shutdowns and sends data to the chiller to a stop.
controller. VFD alarms and faults are handled the same as • The drive is inoperable until the fault is corrected.
chiller related faults. See page 137 for information on viewing
When the drive detects an alarm or minor fault:
and clearing them.
• No message is sent to the chiller controller since no
WARNING operator action is required.
Access to the VFD enclosure is by factory-trained technicians • The drive continues running the compressor.
only. Unauthorized entry can result in property damage,
severe personal injury, or death. Navigating VFD Fault Codes
When a VFD fault condition is detected, the VFD hexadecimal
Faults and Minor Faults/Alarms fault code will appear on the chiller controller display (HMI)
When the drive detects a fault: as a hexadecimal code, for example; 0002H. The faults that
can be corrected by the operator without accessing the VFD
• The VFD sends a message to the chiller controller
interior are listed in Table 88. Note the fault code and contact
regarding the fault.
Daikin Applied factory service if unsuccessful in clearing the
• The chiller controller displays a hexadecimal number listed faults or for assistance with unlisted faults.
code that identifies specific VFD faults listed in Table 88.
Table 88: Fault Code, Causes and Possible Solutions

Hexa-decimal Code VFD HMI Display Fault Name, Cause Possible Solutions
0083H CPF02 A/D Conversion Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0095H CPF20,CPF21 Control Circuit Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0097 CPF22 Hybrid IC Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0019H dEv Speed Deviation Reduce compressor load
001FH Err EEPROM Write Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
Measure the current going to the compressor. Determine if there is a
0007H oC Overcurrent
sudden fluctuation in current. Reduce load
0106H to0107H oFA03 to oFA06 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0111H, 0112H oFA10, oFA11 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0131H to 0139H oFA30 to oFA43 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0205H to 0211H oFb03 to oFb11 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0212H to0217H oFb12 to oFb17 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0231H to 0239H,
oFb30 to oFb43 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
023AH to 023EH
0305H,0306H oFC05, oFC06 Option Card Error Cycle power to drive (See notes)
Verify ambient temperature within specification. Remove any adjacent
0009H oH Heatsink Overheat
heat producing equipment. Decrease load
Verify ambient temperature within specification. Remove any adjacent
000AH oH1 Heatsink Overheat
heat producing equipment. Decrease load
Reduce load. Check for power supply phase loss/fluctuation. Check
000BH oL1 Motor Overload
motor current against nameplate.
000CH oL2 Drive Overload Reduce load. Check for power supply phase loss/fluctuation.
0008H ov Overvoltage DC Bus Check motor wiring for ground faults. Check input voltage.
000FH rr Braking Transistor Failed Cycle power to drive (See notes)
Check for loose power connections. Check supply voltage. Cycle power
0002H Uv1 DC Bus Undervoltage
to drive (See notes)
0003F Uv2 Control Power Fault Cycle power to drive (See notes)
0004H Uv3 Bypass Circuit Undervoltage Cycle power to drive (See notes)

NOTE: Depending on the fault type, the fault will shut down the faulted circuit.
the circuit or entire unit. If a circuit is still running and there is a common
If a circuit is still running and on its own disconnect, disconnect for the unit, pump down the running
it can be left running. Disconnect and then reconnect circuit, disconnect and reconnect the entire unit.
Table 89: Setpoint Changes between VFD and Non-VFD Units
Setpoint VFD Units Non-VFD Units

Light Load Stage Default 35 Default 40
Down
Stop Delta T Default 1.5 Default 0.7
Stage Up Delta T Default 0.5 Default 1.0
PVM Config Default None Default Single
Point
Slide Position Default No Default Yes
Sensor
Table 90: Logic Changes
Logic VFD Units Non-VFD Units

Requirements for staging a If a calculated limit for pulldown rate is Has the logic outlined in original SRS, without the
circuit on are different exceeded when LWT error is less than additional logic shown at left for VFD chillers.
10°C, no additional circuit can start.
Method for generating load/ A scaled limit on pulldown rate is used An error accumulator using LWT error and loop
unload commands is different in combination with a scaled time delay pulldown rate are used. Time between capacity
between capacity changes based on LWT changes is determined by accumulator reaching
error. limit and the time delays in individual circuits.
Pressure control target is Always controls to 350 kPa other than after Allows pressure target to vary in order to maintain
different transition from SSH control DSH (12 to 22 °C)
Limits of SSH target are SSH target varies from 3.4 to 7.0 °C (as SSH target varies from 2.8 to 5.5 °C (as DSH
different DSH varies from 18 to 12 °C) varies from 17 to 12 °C)
Triggers for transition from Circuit running for 3 minutes and DSH >= Low Pressure Unload not active and LWT <=
pressure control to SSH 12 deg C for 1 minute or SSH < SSH target 15.5°c and SSH >= SSH target and DSH >= 12°C
control are different. plus 1 degree C. for at least 3 minutes
Triggers for transition from Evap Pressure > 350 kPa for 60 seconds LWT > 17°C or DSH < 12°C
SSH control to pressure
control are different.

Control Panel
The control panel for VFD units is different from non-VFD units due to the space requirements of the drive.
Figure 95: Upper Section of the VFD Control Panel Section
Figure 96: Lower Section of the VF Control Panel Section

Optional Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Optional Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Optional power factor correction capacitors (PFCC) located in Before replacing the fuse, the cause for failure must be
an electrical panel may have been ordered with the chiller. If determined and corrected. The chiller will not run with a blown
so, there is one panel per compressor and they are mounted circuit fuse.
on the side base rail near the evaporator.
The panel has no moving parts and no routine maintenance is WARNING
required. There is a fuse for each phase, each with a blown Disconnect power from the unit before opening the capacitor
fuse indicator and associated red indicating light. panel. After disconnecting, allow ten minutes for capacitor
A fuse failure will cause a phase fault and the unit will to discharge and check for no capacitor voltage with a
experience a rapid shutdown from the Phase-Voltage Monitor voltmeter before attempting any service work.
for wye-delta starters or internally within solid state starters. Failure to do so can result in property damage, severe
Units with compressor VFDs will not normally have PFCCs. personal injury, or death.
Figure 97: Power Factor Correction Capacitor Panel Layout

Startup and Shutdown
NOTICE
Daikin Applied service personnel or factory authorized CAUTION
service agency must perform initial startup in order to activate
warranty. Water flow to the unit must not be interrupted before
the compressors pump down to avoid freeze-up in the
CAUTION evaporator. Interruption will cause equipment damage.
Most relays and terminals in the unit control center are
powered when S1 is closed and the control circuit disconnect CAUTION
is on. Therefore, do not close S1 until ready for startup If all power to the unit is turned off, the compressor heaters
or the unit may start unintentionally and possibly cause will become inoperable. Once power is resumed to the unit,
equipment damage. the compressor and oil separator heaters must be energized
a minimum of 12 hours before attempting to start the unit.
Seasonal Startup Failure to do so can damage the compressors due to
1. Double check that the discharge shutoff valve and the excessive accumulation of liquid in the compressor.
optional compressor suction butterfly valves are open.
2. Check that the manual liquid-line shutoff valves at the Startup After Temporary Shutdown
outlet of the subcooler coils are open. 1. Insure that the compressor and oil separator heaters
3. Check the leaving chilled water temperature set point have been energized for at least 12 hours prior to
on the MicroTech® III controller to be sure it is set at the starting the unit.
desired chilled water temperature. 2. Start the chilled water pump.
4. Start the auxiliary equipment for the installation by 3. With System switch Q0 in the “on” position, move
turning on the time clock, and/or remote on/off switch, pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 to the “auto” position.
and chilled water pump.
4. Observe the unit operation until the system has
5. Check to see that pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 (and stabilized.
Q3) are in the “Pumpdown and Stop” (open) position.
Throw the S1 switch to the “auto” position. Extended (Seasonal) Shutdown
6. Under the “Control Mode” menu of the keypad, place the 1. Move the Q1 and Q2 (and Q3) switches to the manual
unit into the automatic cool mode. pumpdown position.
7. Start the system by moving pumpdown switch Q1 to the 2. After the compressors have pumped down, turn off the
“auto” position. chilled water pump.
8. Repeat step 7 for Q2 (and Q3). 3. Turn off all power to the unit and to the chilled water
pump.
Temporary Shutdown 4. If fluid is left in the evaporator, confirm that the
Move pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 to the “Pumpdown and evaporator heaters are operational.
Stop” position. After the compressors have pumped down, turn
5. Move the emergency stop switch S1 to the “off” position.
off the chilled water pump.
6. Close the compressor discharge valve and the optional
CAUTION compressor suction valve (if so equipped) as well as the
Do not turn the unit off using the “Override Stop” switch, liquid line shutoff valves.
without first moving Q1 and Q2 (and Q3) to the “Stop” 7. Tag all opened compressor disconnect switches to warn
position, unless it is an emergency, as this will prevent the against startup before opening the compressor suction
unit from going through a proper shutdown/pumpdown valve and liquid line shutoff valves.
sequence, resulting in possible equipment damage.
8. If glycol is not used in the system, drain all water from
the unit evaporator and chilled water piping if the unit is
CAUTION
to be shutdown during winter and temperatures below
The unit has a one-time pumpdown operation. When Q1 -20°F can be expected. The evaporator is equipped
and Q2 are in the “Pumpdown and Stop” position the unit with heaters to help protect it down to -20°F. Chilled
will pump down once and not run again until the Q1 and Q2 water piping must be protected with field-installed
switches are moved to the auto position. If Q1 and Q2 are protection. Do not leave the vessels or piping open to
in the auto position and the load has been satisfied, the unit the atmosphere over the shutdown period.
will go into one-time pumpdown and will remain off until the
MicroTech® III control senses a call for cooling and starts the 9. Do not apply power to the evaporator heaters if the
unit. system is drained of fluids as this can cause the heaters
to burn out.

Startup After Extended (Seasonal) The following table gives glycol concentrations required for
freeze protection.
Shutdown
1. With all electrical disconnects locked and tagged out, Table 91: Freeze Protection Temperature
check all screw or lug-type electrical connections to be
sure they are tight for good electrical contact. Percent Volume Glycol Concentration Required
For Freeze Protection For Burst Protection
DANGER °F (°C)
Ethylene Propylene Ethylene Propylene
LOCK AND TAG OUT ALL POWER SOURCES WHEN Glycol Glycol Glycol Glycol
CHECKING CONNECTIONS. ELECTRICAL SHOCK WILL
20 (6.7) 16 18 11 12
CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
10 (-12.2) 25 29 17 20
2. Check the voltage of the unit power supply and see that
it is within the ±10% tolerance that is allowed. Voltage 0 (-17.8) 33 36 22 24
unbalance between phases must be within ±3%. -10 (-23.3) 39 42 26 28
3. See that all auxiliary control equipment is operative and -20 (-28.9) 44 46 30 30
that an adequate cooling load is available for startup. -30 (-34.4) 48 50 30 33
4. Check all compressor flange connections for tightness to -40 (-40.0) 52 54 30 35
avoid refrigerant loss. Always replace valve seal caps. -50 (-45.6) 56 57 30 35
5. Make sure system switch Q0 is in the “Stop” position and -60 (-51.1) 60 60 30 35
pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 are set to “Pumpdown
and Stop”, throw the main power and control disconnect
switches to “on.” This will energize the crankcase NOTE: These values are examples only and cannot be
heaters. Wait a minimum of 12 hours before starting up appropriate to every situation. Generally, for an
extended margin of protection, select a temperature
unit. Turn compressor circuit breakers to “off” position
at least 10°F lower than the expected lowest ambient
until ready to start unit. temperature. Inhibitor levels should be adjusted for
6. Open the optional compressor suction butterfly as well solutions less than 25% glycol.
as the liquid line shutoff valves, compressor discharge Glycol of less than 25% concentration is not
valves. recommended, unless inhibitors are adjusted,
because of the potential for bacterial growth and loss
7. Vent the air from the evaporator water side as well as
of heat transfer efficiency.
from the system piping. Open all water flow valves and
start the chilled water pump. Check all piping for leaks
and recheck for air in the system. Verify the correct flow
rate by taking the pressure drop across the evaporator
and checking the pressure drop curves beginning on
page 82.

System Maintenance
System Maintenance
General Prior to this procedure, pump out the compressor; isolate the
On initial startup and periodically during operation, it will electrical supply to the control panels and compressor motor
be necessary to perform certain routine service checks. terminal.
Among these are checking the liquid line sight glasses, and
WARNING
the compressor oil level sight glass. In addition, check the
MicroTech® III controller temperature and pressure readings After the compressor has been pumped down and isolated,
with gauges and thermometers to see that the unit has the oil contained inside the filter housing will remain hot
normal condensing and suction pressure and superheat and enough to cause burns for some time afterwards. Always
subcooling readings. allow sufficient time for the oil to cool down so that it is cool
enough not to be a danger when drained off (less than 35 °C
A Periodic Maintenance Log is located at the end of this is recommended). Severe injury from burns can result.
manual. It is suggested that the log be copied and a report be
completed on a regular basis. The log will serve as a useful
tool for a service technician in the event service is required.
Initial startup date, vibration readings, compressor megger Figure 98: Oil Filter Location
readings and oil analysis information should be kept for
reference base-line data.
Vibration Monitoring (Optional)

Vibration readings are often used as an indicator of a possible
problem requiring maintenance. If vibration monitoring is part
of the site PM program, the compressor can be checked with a
vibration analyzer on an annual basis. When doing the annual
testing, the load should be maintained as closely as possible
to the load of the original test. The initial vibration analysis test
provides a benchmark of the compressor, and when performed
routinely, can give a warning of impending problems.
Lubrication
The fan motor bearings are permanently lubricated. No further
lubrication is required. Excessive fan motor bearing noise is Figure 99: Oil Filter Housing Cover Plate
an indication of a potential bearing failure.
POE type oil is used for compressor lubrication. This type
of oil is extremely hygroscopic which means it will quickly
absorb moisture if exposed to air and form acids that can be
harmful to the chiller. Avoid prolonged exposure of refrigerant
to the atmosphere to prevent this problem. For more details
on acceptable oil types, contact your Daikin Applied service
representative.
CAUTION
POE oil must be handled carefully using proper protective
equipment (gloves, eye protection, etc.). The oil must not
come into contact with certain polymers (e.g. PVC) as it may Oil filter assembly components are:
absorb moisture from this material. Also, do not use oil or
• Oil Filter - 250mm
refrigerant additives to the system.
• Oil Filter Housing Cover
It is important that only the manufacturer’s recommended oil be
• O-Ring – 89.5x3
used. Acceptable POE oil types are:
• O-Ring – 76.1x3.4
• CPI/Lubrizol Emkarate RL68H
• (6) M8 Bolts
• Exxon/Mobil EAL Arctic 68
• Hatcol 3693
• Everest 68
The compressor oil heater is 250 watts and is on when the
compressor is off and off when it is on.
Oil Filter Removal and Renewal

System Maintenance
Disassembly Procedure Electrical Terminals

1. Unscrew and remove two hex head side cover bolts 180°
DANGER
apart. Insert M8 guide studs into the vacant holes.
Electric equipment can cause electric shock which will cause
2. Remove remaining bolts, remove oil filter housing cover. severe personal injury or death. Turn off, lock out and tag all
3. Pull the oil filter off of the spigot and withdraw the oil filter power before continuing with following service. Panels can
from the housing and clean the housing. have more than one power source.
CAUTION
Periodically check electrical terminals for tightness and
tighten as required. Always use a back-up wrench when
tightening electrical terminals.
Condensers
The condensers are air-cooled and constructed of 3/8”
(9.5mm) OD internally finned copper tubes bonded in
a staggered pattern into louvered aluminum fins. No
maintenance is ordinarily required except the routine removal
of dirt and debris from the outside surface of the fins. Daikin
recommends the use of non-caustic, non-acidic cleaners
available at most air conditioning supply outlets. Flush the coil
4. Clean oil filter housing cover plate and all other from the inside out.
components.
WARNING
Fitting a New Oil Filter Element – Reassembly Use caution when applying coil cleaners. They can contain
Before reassembly, remove any paint from joint faces. Inspect potentially harmful chemicals. Wear breathing apparatus
parts individually for damage, ensure they are completely clean and protective clothing. Carefully follow the cleaner
before laying them out on a clean surface in a logical order manufacturer’s MSDS sheets. Thoroughly rinse all surfaces
ready for reassembly. to remove any cleaner residue. Do not damage the fins
during cleaning.
Use fresh refrigerant oil to lubricate parts during reassembly.
1. Install new O-rings on the oil filter housing cover.
If the service technician has determined that the refrigerant
2. Insert new oil filter into the housing, ensuring the filter
charge has been contaminated, the charge should be
sits tightly on the sealing spigot.
recovered and tested for contaminates or noncondensables.
3. Replace the oil filter housing cover. Appropriate actions should be taken based on testing and
Clean Air Act regulations.

System Maintenance

Table 92: Compressor VFD Inspection Areas
Inspection Inspection Points Corrective Action

Area
Inspect equipment for discoloration from Replace damaged equipment as required.
overheating or deterioration.
General
Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection Inspect door seal if so equipped. Use dry air to clear
on components foreign matter
Conductors and Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, Repair or replace damaged wire.
Wiring damage or heat stress.
Inspect terminals for loose, stripped, or damaged Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
Terminals
connections terminals.
Inspect contactors and relay for excessive noise Check coil voltage for over or under voltage condition.
Relays and during operation
Contactors Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as Replace damaged removable relays, contactors or circuit
melted or cracked insulation. board.
Liquid Line Sight Glass Pump Operation

Observe the refrigerant sight glasses weekly. A clear glass of It is highly recommended that the chiller unit control the chilled
liquid indicates that there is adequate refrigerant charge in the water pump(s). The integral chiller control system has the
system to provide proper feed through the expansion valve. capability to selectively start pump A or B or automatically
alternate pump selection at each start and also has pump
Bubbling refrigerant in the sight glass, during stable run
standby operation capability.
conditions, may indicate that there can be an electronic
expansion valve (EXV) problem since the EXV regulates Failure to have the chiller control the pumps may cause the
refrigerant flow. Refrigerant gas flashing in the sight glass following problems:
could also indicate an excessive pressure drop in the liquid 1. If any device, other than the chiller, should try to start
line, possibly due to a clogged filter-drier or a restriction the chiller without first starting the pumps, the chiller will
elsewhere in the liquid line. lock out on the no-flow alarm and require a manual reset
An element inside the sight glass indicates the moisture to restart. This can be disruptive to the normal cooling
condition corresponding to a given element color. If the sight process.
glass does not indicate a dry condition after about 12 hours of 2. In areas where freeze-up is a concern, the chiller control
operation, an oil acid test is recommended. senses the chilled water temperature and turns on an
Do not use the sight glass on the EXV body for refrigerant immersion heater in the evaporator. It also signals the
charging. Its purpose is to view the position of the valve. chilled water pump to start to providing flow through the
evaporator and additional protection against evaporator
Lead-Lag and outside pipe freeze-up . Other pump starting
methods will not automatically provide this protection.
A feature on all Daikin Pathfinder® air-cooled chillers is a Note: the owner/operator must be aware that when the
system for alternating the sequence in which the compressors water temperature falls below freezing temperatures it
start to balance the number of starts and run hours. Lead- is imperative NOT to stop the pump(s) as immediate
Lag of the refrigerant circuits is accomplished automatically freeze-up can occur.
through the MicroTech® III controller. When in the auto mode,
the circuit with the fewest number of starts will be started first. This method of freeze protection is only effective as
If all circuits are operating and a stage down in the number of long as the facility and the chiller have power. The only
operating compressors is required, the circuit with the most positive freeze protection during power failures is to
operating hours will cycle off first. The operator can override drain the evaporator and blow out each tube or add the
the MicroTech® III controller, and manually select the lead appropriate concentration of glycol to the system.
circuit as circuit #1, #2 or #3.

System Maintenance
Figure 100: Preventative Maintenance Schedule
Monthly Annual
Operation Weekly
(Note 1) (Note 2)
General
Complete unit log and review (Note 3) X
Inspect unit for loose or damaged components and visible leaks X
Inspect thermal insulation for integrity X
Clean and paint as required X
Electrical ( * including the optional VFD)
Sequence test controls * X
Check contactors for pitting, replace as required * X
Check terminals for tightness, tighten as necessary * X
Clean control panel interior * X
Clean control box fan filter * (Note 7 ) X
Visually inspect components for signs of overheating * X
Verify compressor and oil heater operation X
Megger compressor motor X
Refrigeration/Lubricant
Leak test X
Check liquid line sight glasses for clear flow X
Check compressor oil sight glass for correct level (lubricant charge) X
Check filter-drier pressure drop (Note 6) X
Perform compressor vibration test (optional) X
Perform oil analysis test on compressor oil X
Condenser (air-cooled)
Clean condenser coils (Note 4) X
Check fan blades for tightness on shaft (Note 5) X
Check fans for loose rivets and cracks, check motor brackets X
Check coil fins for damage and straighten as necessary X
NOTE: 1 Monthly operations include all weekly operations.
2 Annual (or spring startup) operations include all weekly and monthly operations.
3 Log readings can be taken daily for a higher level of unit observation.
4 Coil cleaning can be required more frequently in areas with a high level of airborne particles.
5 Be sure fan motors are electrically locked out.
6 Replace the filter if pressure drop exceeds 20 psi.
7 The weekly fan filter cleaning schedule can be modified to meet job conditions. It is important that the filter allows full
air flow.

Warranty Registration Form (Screw)
Attention: Warranty Department Screw Compressor Equipment Warranty Registration Form

Daikin This form must be completely filled out and returned to the
P.O Box 2510 Staunton Warrenty Departmen within ten (10) days of start-up in order to comply
Staunton, VA 24402-2510 with the terms of "Daikin Limited Product Warranty".
Check, Test and Commissioning for

Daikin Air-Cooled Screw Compressor
Pathfinder (AWS)
Note: Use OM and IMM or Later Manuals
Job Name: Startup Date:
Daikin G .O . No .: Daikin S .O . No .:
Installation Address: City/State/Zip:
Purchasing Contractor: Phone:
City/State/Zip: No . of units at site:
Unit Model No .: Serial No .:
Compressor # 1 Model . #: Compressor # 1 Serial No .:
Benshaw Control Box M/M #: Benshaw Control Box S/N #:
I . Pre Start-Up Procedure: Refer to contractors pre-start-up checklist .
DESIGN CONDITIONS
CHILLER:
Entering Temp .: °F Leaving Temp .: °F GPM:
Evap . H2O Press . Drop: ft./▲P Design minimum outdoor air: °F
Pre Start-Up Checklist, All NO checks require an explanation under "Description" . Please check yes or no .
YES NO
A. Is the unit free of visible shipping damage, corrosion or paint problems?
B. Is unit installed level and isolator springs properly installed (if applicable)?
C. Does the unit meet all location, installation and service clearances per IM Bulletin?
D. Are fans properly aligned and do they turn freely?
E. Are all set screws on the fans tight?
F. Does electrical service correspond to unit nameplate?
G. Has electrical service been checked for proper phasing at each circuit power terminal block?
H. Has unit been properly grounded?
I. Has a fused disconnect and fuses or breaker been sized per product manual and installed per local code?
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 1

Pre Start-Up Checklist (continued)

YES NO
J. Are all electrical power connections tight?
K. Have compressor heaters and oil separator heaters been

been operating for 24 hours prior to start-up?
L. Does all field wiring conform to unit electrical specifications?
M. Are all system hand valves properly positioned?
N. Has a flow switch been installed properly and calibrated correctly?
O. Are there access taps in the evaporator entering and leaving chilled water lines
to record water pressures and temperatures?
P. Has the chill water circuit been cleaned, flushed, and water treatment confirmed?
Q. Does the chiller water piping conform to the IM Bulletin and strainer installed before evaporator?
R. Is this job a BAS interfaced controlled site? LON BACNET MOD BUS
S. Verify building automation control sequence and describe under notes.
T. Has the unit been leak checked and any leaks found listed under notes?
U. Have outputs been tested using the service test mode?
V. Have Roto-lock fittings on compressor been checked for factory torque markings?
W. Description of unit location with respect to building structures.
Description:
MiroTech Status Check - Each reading must be verified with field provided instruments.
Software ID:
MicroTech Verification
A . Leaving Evaporator Setpoint F
B . Reset Setpoint F
C . Unit Temperatures: Leaving Evaporator F F
Entering Evaporator F F
Outdoor Air F F
D . Unit Offsets: Outdoor Air Offset F
Entering Evaporator Temp Offset F
Leaving Evaporator Temp Offset F

Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 2
II . Commissioning Procedure - Please refer to I .M . bulletin for operating and unit functions .
Caution: Do not take readings until the system has stabilized at 75% to 100% of comrpessor capacity.
Under "System Notes" on page 8, list settings which have been changed from
factory default to accomadate applications and installation conditions.
III . Startup (Readings Should be Taken at Full Load if Possible) .

YES NO
A. Does unit start and perform per sequence of operation as stated in the IM bulletin?
B. Do condenser fans rotate in the proper direction?
C. If the VFD Fan Speed Control option is present; does it function properly?
D. Is mechanical operation satisfactory (noise, vibration, etc)?
E. Is the main liquid line sight glasses clear (do not use the ETXV body sight glass)?
F. Are the line moisture indicators showing a dry system?
G. Is there a reset mode programmed?
ACTUAL CONDITIONS RECORDED AT START-UP

CHILLER:
Entering Temp. °F Leaving Temp. °F GPM Pressure Drop ft
IV . Electrical Data
A. Unit voltage across each phase: L1-L2 V L1-L3 V L2-L3 V
B. Unit current per phase: L1 Amps L2 Amps L3 Amps
C. Compressor current per phase at starter input:
Compressor # 1: T1 Amps T2 Amps T3 Amps
D. The starter overload trip setting: C1 C2 C3
E. Phase voltage monitor settings: Voltage Imbalance Restart Time Delay
F. #1 Motor megger readings per Service Bulletin: #1 #2 #3
#4 #5 #6
#2 Motor megger readings per Service Bulletin: #1 #2 #3
#4 #5 #6
#3 Motor meggar readings per Service Bulletin: #1 #2 #3
#4 #5 #6
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 3

Circuit #1
Circuit # 1 Readings Slide target %
Number of fan stages active Fan VFD YES NO
Microtech Verification
Refrigerant Pressures: Evaporator Pressure psig psig
Condenser Pressure psig psig
Liquid Line Pressure psig psig
Refrigerant Temps: Saturated Evaporator Temperature °F °F

Saturated Condenser Temperature °F °F
Saturated Liquid Line Temperature °F °F
Suction Temperature °F °F
Discharge Temperature °F °F
Liquid Temperature °F °F
Suction Superheat °F °F
Discharge Superheat °F °F
Liquid Subcooling °F °F
Condenser Approach °F
Evaporator Approach °F
EXV Data: EXV control Type

EXV Steps %
Circuit #1 Offsets: Evaporator Pressure psig

Condenser Pressure psig
Liquid Line Pressure psig
Evaporator Temperature °F
Condenser Temperature °F
Liquid Line Temperature °F
Additional Data: Liquid Line Filter Drier Pressure Drop #1 psid #2 psid
Condenser Pressure Drop psid
Oil Injection Pressure at Compressor psig
Oil Filter Pressure Drop from Compressor Discharges
(as DP SW) psid
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
4
Control # - 10F-4068
Circuit #2
Circuit # 2 Readings Slide target %


EXV Steps %

(as DP SW) psid
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 5
Circuit #3
Circuit #3 Readings Slide target %


EXV Steps %

(as DP SW) psid
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
6
Control # - 10F-4068
Note: If the refrigerant charge was adjusted, how much? List any leaks under notes
Ckt. 1 Ckt. 2 Ckt. 3
Non-MicroTech Information
Does the system contain glycol? YES NO
If yes, is it Ethylene or Proplene % by weight %
If the chilled water system includes glycol, have the setpoints been changed? YES NO
Note: If glycol had been added, has the contractor and owner been cautioned to maintain an adequate mix?
YES NO
Stage pressure hold setting psig, Stage Pressure unload setting psig.The freeze water setpoint °F.
The vibration levels are: Comp. #1 Comp. #2 Comp. #3
Liquid Line filter/drier pressure drop #1 #2 #3
Note: See installation bulletin for low temperature or ice bank applications.
On completion list run hours and starts of each circuit:

Circuit # 1 hrs. Starts Circuit # 2 hrs. Starts Circuit # 3 hrs. Starts
Notes: (Include any known deficiencies or pending issues)
Brief System and Control Description, include how unit is cycled:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 7

List any control settings changed from defaults:
Performed By: Title:

PLEASE PRINT
Performed By: Date:

SIGNATURE
Mechanical Contractor’s/
Owner’s Signature (REQUIRED) Date:
Building Automation
System Contractor:
Electrical Contractor:
Attention: Warranty Department

Daikin
P .O . Box 2510
Staunton, VA 24402-2510
Screw Compressor Equipment Warranty Registration Form

This form must be completely filled out and returned to Staunton Warranty Department, within ten (10) days
of start-up in order to comply with the terms of the Daikin Limited Product Warranty .
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068 8

Appendix
Appendix
Definitions
Active Set Point OAT
The active set point is the setting in effect at any given Outside ambient air temperature
moment. This variation occurs on set points that can be Offset
altered during normal operation. Resetting the chilled water
leaving temperature set point by one of several methods, such Offset is the difference between the actual value of a variable
as return water temperature, is an example. (such as temperature or pressure) and the reading shown on
the controller as a result of the sensor signal.
Active Capacity Limit
pLAN
The active set point is the setting in effect at any given
moment. Any one of several external inputs can limit a Peco Local Area Network is the proprietary name of the
compressor’s capacity below its maximum value. network connecting the control elements.
Dead Band Refrigerant Saturated Temperature
The dead band is a range of values surrounding a set point Refrigerant saturated temperature is calculated from the
such that a change in the variable occurring within the dead pressure sensor readings for each circuit. The pressure is
band range causes no action from the controller. For example, fitted to an R-134a temperature/pressure curve to determine
if a temperature set point is 44°F and it has a dead band of ± 2 the saturated temperature.
degrees F, nothing will happen until the measured temperature Soft Load
is less than 42°F or more than 46°F.
Soft Loading is a configurable function used to ramp up the
DIN unit capacity over a given time period, usually used to influence
Digital input, usually followed by a number designating the building electrical demand by gradually loading the unit.
number of the input. SP
Error Set point
In the context of this manual, “Error” is the difference between SSS
the actual value of a variable and the target setting or set point.
Solid state starter as used on Daikin screw compressors.
Evaporator Approach
Suction Superheat
The evaporator approach is calculated for each circuit.
Suction superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
Evaporator Approach = LWT – Evap Saturated Temp following equation:
Evap Recirc Timer Suction Superheat = Suction Temp – Evap Saturated Temp
A timing function, with a 30-second default, that holds off any Stage Up/Down Accumulator - Fans
reading of chilled water for the duration of the timing setting.
This delay allows the chilled water sensors (especially water The accumulator can be thought of as a bank storing
temperatures) to take a more accurate reading of the chilled occurrences that indicate the need for an additional fan.
water system conditions. Stageup/Stagedown Delta-T
EXV Staging is the act of starting or stopping a compressor or fan
Electronic expansion valve, used to control the flow of when another is still operating. Startup and Stop is the act
refrigerant to the evaporator. of starting the first compressor or fan and stopping the last
compressor or fan. The Delta-T is the “dead band” on either
Load Limit side of the set point in which no action is taken.
An external signal from the keypad, the BAS or a 4-20 ma Stage Up Delay
signal that limits the compressor loading to a designated
percent of full load. Frequently used to limit unit power input. The time delay from the start of the first compressor to the start
of the second.
Load Balance
Startup Delta-T
Load balance is a technique that equally distributes the total
unit load among the running compressors on a unit or group of Number of degrees above the LWT set point required to start
units. the first compressor.
LWT Stop Delta-T
Leaving water temperature. The “water” is any fluid used in the Number of degrees below the LWT set point required for the
chiller circuit. last compressor to stop.
ms VDC
Milli-second Volts, Direct current, sometimes noted as vdc.

Daikin Applied Training and Development
Now that you have made an investment in modern, efficient Daikin Applied equipment, its care should
be a high priority. For training information on all Daikin Applied HVAC products, please visit us at
www.DaikinApplied.com and click on Training, or call 540-248-9646 and ask for the Training Department.
Warranty
All Daikin Applied equipment is sold pursuant to its standard terms and conditions of sale, including
Limited Product Warranty. Consult your local Daikin Applied representative for warranty details. To find
your local Daikin Applied representative, go to www.DaikinApplied.com.
Aftermarket Services
To find your local parts office, visit www.DaikinApplied.com or call 800-37PARTS (800-377-2787).
To find your local service office, visit www.DaikinApplied.com or call 800-432-1342.
This document contains the most current product information as of this printing. For the most up-to-date
product information, please go to www.DaikinApplied.com.
Products manufactured in an ISO Certified Facility.
IOM 1202-2 (05/15) ©2015 Daikin Applied | (800) 432–1342 | www.DaikinApplied.com

Reminder

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Reminder

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Installation, Operation, IOM 1202-2

and Maintenance Manual Group: Chiller

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Circuit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Manufactured in an ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified facility

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 2 www.DaikinApplied.com

©2014 Daikin Applied Form SF01017 P/N 331977001 10OCT2014

General Information Remote Evaporator Models

Model Unit configuration

Table 1: Operating Limits

Maximum standby ambient temperature 130°F (54.4°C)

www.DaikinApplied.com 3 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

Installation and Startup

Avoid rough handling shock due to impact or dropping the unit.

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 4 www.DaikinApplied.com

Service Access NOTE: 1 Minimum side clearance between two units is 12

DANGER Restricted Air Flow

www.DaikinApplied.com 5 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

Figure 5: Case 1 - Adjustment Factors Figure 7: Case 2 - Adjustment Factors

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 6 www.DaikinApplied.com

Figure 10: Case 4 - Open Screening Walls

Figure 9: Case 3 - Adjustment Factors

Figure 11: Case 4 - Adjustment Factor

www.DaikinApplied.com 7 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

Case 5: Pit/Solid Wall Installation Figure 13: Case 5 - Adjustment Factors

Capacity Reduction (%)

sure it has sufficient air-flow characteristics, and approved by D=10 ft

Figure 12: Case 5 - Pit Installation

H - Height of Wall or Building in ft. (m)

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 8 www.DaikinApplied.com

Chilled Water Piping

PROTECT ALL FIELD PIPING

the inlet and outlet connections of the evaporator for

www.DaikinApplied.com 9 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

CAUTION Table 2: Strainer Sizing Data

Failure to allow pump control by the chiller controller may

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 10 www.DaikinApplied.com

% Volume Glycol Concentration Required

The recommended maximum change in water flow is 10 0 (-17.8) 33 36 22 24

www.DaikinApplied.com 11 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

to indicate when a “no flow” condition exists. Flow switches

Performance Adjustment Factors

Table 4: Ethylene Glycol Correction Factors

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 12 www.DaikinApplied.com

Table 7: Interrupt Ratings (kAmps)

Standard Short Circuit High Short Circuit

www.DaikinApplied.com 13 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

TGE WATER OUT

BALL SCHRADER SOLENOID

Note: Provide 20-mesh strainer

FILTER CHARGING SIGHT SCHRADER SOLENOID EXPANSION CHARGING RELIEF

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

Lifting and Mounting Information

Figure 20: 10 Fan Non-VFD Models

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS 16 www.DaikinApplied.com

Figure 21: 12 Fan Non-VFD Models

AWS 12 FAN DIM. DWG 330973502 0A

www.DaikinApplied.com 17 IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

AWS250CDH 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS

IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS